Removed superfluous 'tracks' directory at the root of the repository.

Testing commits to github.
This commit is contained in:
bsag 2008-05-20 21:28:26 +01:00
parent 6a42901514
commit 4cbf5a34d3
2269 changed files with 0 additions and 0 deletions

View file

@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
require 'test/unit/assertions'
module ActionController #:nodoc:
# In addition to these specific assertions, you also have easy access to various collections that the regular test/unit assertions
# can be used against. These collections are:
#
# * assigns: Instance variables assigned in the action that are available for the view.
# * session: Objects being saved in the session.
# * flash: The flash objects currently in the session.
# * cookies: Cookies being sent to the user on this request.
#
# These collections can be used just like any other hash:
#
# assert_not_nil assigns(:person) # makes sure that a @person instance variable was set
# assert_equal "Dave", cookies[:name] # makes sure that a cookie called :name was set as "Dave"
# assert flash.empty? # makes sure that there's nothing in the flash
#
# For historic reasons, the assigns hash uses string-based keys. So assigns[:person] won't work, but assigns["person"] will. To
# appease our yearning for symbols, though, an alternative accessor has been devised using a method call instead of index referencing.
# So assigns(:person) will work just like assigns["person"], but again, assigns[:person] will not work.
#
# On top of the collections, you have the complete url that a given action redirected to available in redirect_to_url.
#
# For redirects within the same controller, you can even call follow_redirect and the redirect will be followed, triggering another
# action call which can then be asserted against.
#
# == Manipulating the request collections
#
# The collections described above link to the response, so you can test if what the actions were expected to do happened. But
# sometimes you also want to manipulate these collections in the incoming request. This is really only relevant for sessions
# and cookies, though. For sessions, you just do:
#
# @request.session[:key] = "value"
#
# For cookies, you need to manually create the cookie, like this:
#
# @request.cookies["key"] = CGI::Cookie.new("key", "value")
#
# == Testing named routes
#
# If you're using named routes, they can be easily tested using the original named routes' methods straight in the test case.
# Example:
#
# assert_redirected_to page_url(:title => 'foo')
module Assertions
def self.included(klass)
%w(response selector tag dom routing model).each do |kind|
require "action_controller/assertions/#{kind}_assertions"
klass.module_eval { include const_get("#{kind.camelize}Assertions") }
end
end
def clean_backtrace(&block)
yield
rescue Test::Unit::AssertionFailedError => error
framework_path = Regexp.new(File.expand_path("#{File.dirname(__FILE__)}/assertions"))
error.backtrace.reject! { |line| File.expand_path(line) =~ framework_path }
raise
end
end
end
module Test #:nodoc:
module Unit #:nodoc:
class TestCase #:nodoc:
include ActionController::Assertions
end
end
end

View file

@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
module ActionController
module Assertions
module DomAssertions
# Test two HTML strings for equivalency (e.g., identical up to reordering of attributes)
#
# ==== Examples
#
# # assert that the referenced method generates the appropriate HTML string
# assert_dom_equal '<a href="http://www.example.com">Apples</a>', link_to("Apples", "http://www.example.com")
#
def assert_dom_equal(expected, actual, message = "")
clean_backtrace do
expected_dom = HTML::Document.new(expected).root
actual_dom = HTML::Document.new(actual).root
full_message = build_message(message, "<?> expected to be == to\n<?>.", expected_dom.to_s, actual_dom.to_s)
assert_block(full_message) { expected_dom == actual_dom }
end
end
# The negated form of +assert_dom_equivalent+.
#
# ==== Examples
#
# # assert that the referenced method does not generate the specified HTML string
# assert_dom_not_equal '<a href="http://www.example.com">Apples</a>', link_to("Oranges", "http://www.example.com")
#
def assert_dom_not_equal(expected, actual, message = "")
clean_backtrace do
expected_dom = HTML::Document.new(expected).root
actual_dom = HTML::Document.new(actual).root
full_message = build_message(message, "<?> expected to be != to\n<?>.", expected_dom.to_s, actual_dom.to_s)
assert_block(full_message) { expected_dom != actual_dom }
end
end
end
end
end

View file

@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
module ActionController
module Assertions
module ModelAssertions
# Ensures that the passed record is valid by ActiveRecord standards and returns any error messages if it is not.
#
# ==== Examples
#
# # assert that a newly created record is valid
# model = Model.new
# assert_valid(model)
#
def assert_valid(record)
clean_backtrace do
assert record.valid?, record.errors.full_messages.join("\n")
end
end
end
end
end

View file

@ -0,0 +1,166 @@
require 'rexml/document'
require 'html/document'
module ActionController
module Assertions
# A small suite of assertions that test responses from Rails applications.
module ResponseAssertions
# Asserts that the response is one of the following types:
#
# * <tt>:success</tt> - Status code was 200
# * <tt>:redirect</tt> - Status code was in the 300-399 range
# * <tt>:missing</tt> - Status code was 404
# * <tt>:error</tt> - Status code was in the 500-599 range
#
# You can also pass an explicit status number like assert_response(501)
# or its symbolic equivalent assert_response(:not_implemented).
# See ActionController::StatusCodes for a full list.
#
# ==== Examples
#
# # assert that the response was a redirection
# assert_response :redirect
#
# # assert that the response code was status code 401 (unauthorized)
# assert_response 401
#
def assert_response(type, message = nil)
clean_backtrace do
if [ :success, :missing, :redirect, :error ].include?(type) && @response.send("#{type}?")
assert_block("") { true } # to count the assertion
elsif type.is_a?(Fixnum) && @response.response_code == type
assert_block("") { true } # to count the assertion
elsif type.is_a?(Symbol) && @response.response_code == ActionController::StatusCodes::SYMBOL_TO_STATUS_CODE[type]
assert_block("") { true } # to count the assertion
else
assert_block(build_message(message, "Expected response to be a <?>, but was <?>", type, @response.response_code)) { false }
end
end
end
# Assert that the redirection options passed in match those of the redirect called in the latest action.
# This match can be partial, such that assert_redirected_to(:controller => "weblog") will also
# match the redirection of redirect_to(:controller => "weblog", :action => "show") and so on.
#
# ==== Examples
#
# # assert that the redirection was to the "index" action on the WeblogController
# assert_redirected_to :controller => "weblog", :action => "index"
#
# # assert that the redirection was to the named route login_url
# assert_redirected_to login_url
#
def assert_redirected_to(options = {}, message=nil)
clean_backtrace do
assert_response(:redirect, message)
return true if options == @response.redirected_to
ActionController::Routing::Routes.reload if ActionController::Routing::Routes.empty?
begin
url = {}
original = { :expected => options, :actual => @response.redirected_to.is_a?(Symbol) ? @response.redirected_to : @response.redirected_to.dup }
original.each do |key, value|
if value.is_a?(Symbol)
value = @controller.respond_to?(value, true) ? @controller.send(value) : @controller.send("hash_for_#{value}_url")
end
unless value.is_a?(Hash)
request = case value
when NilClass then nil
when /^\w+:\/\// then recognized_request_for(%r{^(\w+://.*?(/|$|\?))(.*)$} =~ value ? $3 : nil)
else recognized_request_for(value)
end
value = request.path_parameters if request
end
if value.is_a?(Hash) # stringify 2 levels of hash keys
if name = value.delete(:use_route)
route = ActionController::Routing::Routes.named_routes[name]
value.update(route.parameter_shell)
end
value.stringify_keys!
value.values.select { |v| v.is_a?(Hash) }.collect { |v| v.stringify_keys! }
if key == :expected && value['controller'] == @controller.controller_name && original[:actual].is_a?(Hash)
original[:actual].stringify_keys!
value.delete('controller') if original[:actual]['controller'].nil? || original[:actual]['controller'] == value['controller']
end
end
if value.respond_to?(:[]) && value['controller']
value['controller'] = value['controller'].to_s
if key == :actual && value['controller'].first != '/' && !value['controller'].include?('/')
new_controller_path = ActionController::Routing.controller_relative_to(value['controller'], @controller.class.controller_path)
value['controller'] = new_controller_path if value['controller'] != new_controller_path && ActionController::Routing.possible_controllers.include?(new_controller_path)
end
value['controller'] = value['controller'][1..-1] if value['controller'].first == '/' # strip leading hash
end
url[key] = value
end
@response_diff = url[:actual].diff(url[:expected]) if url[:actual]
msg = build_message(message, "expected a redirect to <?>, found one to <?>, a difference of <?> ", url[:expected], url[:actual], @response_diff)
assert_block(msg) do
url[:expected].keys.all? do |k|
if k == :controller then url[:expected][k] == ActionController::Routing.controller_relative_to(url[:actual][k], @controller.class.controller_path)
else parameterize(url[:expected][k]) == parameterize(url[:actual][k])
end
end
end
rescue ActionController::RoutingError # routing failed us, so match the strings only.
msg = build_message(message, "expected a redirect to <?>, found one to <?>", options, @response.redirect_url)
url_regexp = %r{^(\w+://.*?(/|$|\?))(.*)$}
eurl, epath, url, path = [options, @response.redirect_url].collect do |url|
u, p = (url_regexp =~ url) ? [$1, $3] : [nil, url]
[u, (p.first == '/') ? p : '/' + p]
end.flatten
assert_equal(eurl, url, msg) if eurl && url
assert_equal(epath, path, msg) if epath && path
end
end
end
# Asserts that the request was rendered with the appropriate template file.
#
# ==== Examples
#
# # assert that the "new" view template was rendered
# assert_template "new"
#
def assert_template(expected = nil, message=nil)
clean_backtrace do
rendered = expected ? @response.rendered_file(!expected.include?('/')) : @response.rendered_file
msg = build_message(message, "expecting <?> but rendering with <?>", expected, rendered)
assert_block(msg) do
if expected.nil?
!@response.rendered_with_file?
else
expected == rendered
end
end
end
end
private
# Recognizes the route for a given path.
def recognized_request_for(path, request_method = nil)
path = "/#{path}" unless path.first == '/'
# Assume given controller
request = ActionController::TestRequest.new({}, {}, nil)
request.env["REQUEST_METHOD"] = request_method.to_s.upcase if request_method
request.path = path
ActionController::Routing::Routes.recognize(request)
request
end
# Proxy to to_param if the object will respond to it.
def parameterize(value)
value.respond_to?(:to_param) ? value.to_param : value
end
end
end
end

View file

@ -0,0 +1,143 @@
module ActionController
module Assertions
# Suite of assertions to test routes generated by Rails and the handling of requests made to them.
module RoutingAssertions
# Asserts that the routing of the given +path+ was handled correctly and that the parsed options (given in the +expected_options+ hash)
# match +path+. Basically, it asserts that Rails recognizes the route given by +expected_options+.
#
# Pass a hash in the second argument (+path+) to specify the request method. This is useful for routes
# requiring a specific HTTP method. The hash should contain a :path with the incoming request path
# and a :method containing the required HTTP verb.
#
# # assert that POSTing to /items will call the create action on ItemsController
# assert_recognizes({:controller => 'items', :action => 'create'}, {:path => 'items', :method => :post})
#
# You can also pass in +extras+ with a hash containing URL parameters that would normally be in the query string. This can be used
# to assert that values in the query string string will end up in the params hash correctly. To test query strings you must use the
# extras argument, appending the query string on the path directly will not work. For example:
#
# # assert that a path of '/items/list/1?view=print' returns the correct options
# assert_recognizes({:controller => 'items', :action => 'list', :id => '1', :view => 'print'}, 'items/list/1', { :view => "print" })
#
# The +message+ parameter allows you to pass in an error message that is displayed upon failure.
#
# ==== Examples
# # Check the default route (i.e., the index action)
# assert_recognizes({:controller => 'items', :action => 'index'}, 'items')
#
# # Test a specific action
# assert_recognizes({:controller => 'items', :action => 'list'}, 'items/list')
#
# # Test an action with a parameter
# assert_recognizes({:controller => 'items', :action => 'destroy', :id => '1'}, 'items/destroy/1')
#
# # Test a custom route
# assert_recognizes({:controller => 'items', :action => 'show', :id => '1'}, 'view/item1')
#
# # Check a Simply RESTful generated route
# assert_recognizes(list_items_url, 'items/list')
def assert_recognizes(expected_options, path, extras={}, message=nil)
if path.is_a? Hash
request_method = path[:method]
path = path[:path]
else
request_method = nil
end
clean_backtrace do
ActionController::Routing::Routes.reload if ActionController::Routing::Routes.empty?
request = recognized_request_for(path, request_method)
expected_options = expected_options.clone
extras.each_key { |key| expected_options.delete key } unless extras.nil?
expected_options.stringify_keys!
routing_diff = expected_options.diff(request.path_parameters)
msg = build_message(message, "The recognized options <?> did not match <?>, difference: <?>",
request.path_parameters, expected_options, expected_options.diff(request.path_parameters))
assert_block(msg) { request.path_parameters == expected_options }
end
end
# Asserts that the provided options can be used to generate the provided path. This is the inverse of #assert_recognizes.
# The +extras+ parameter is used to tell the request the names and values of additional request parameters that would be in
# a query string. The +message+ parameter allows you to specify a custom error message for assertion failures.
#
# The +defaults+ parameter is unused.
#
# ==== Examples
# # Asserts that the default action is generated for a route with no action
# assert_generates("/items", :controller => "items", :action => "index")
#
# # Tests that the list action is properly routed
# assert_generates("/items/list", :controller => "items", :action => "list")
#
# # Tests the generation of a route with a parameter
# assert_generates("/items/list/1", { :controller => "items", :action => "list", :id => "1" })
#
# # Asserts that the generated route gives us our custom route
# assert_generates "changesets/12", { :controller => 'scm', :action => 'show_diff', :revision => "12" }
def assert_generates(expected_path, options, defaults={}, extras = {}, message=nil)
clean_backtrace do
expected_path = "/#{expected_path}" unless expected_path[0] == ?/
# Load routes.rb if it hasn't been loaded.
ActionController::Routing::Routes.reload if ActionController::Routing::Routes.empty?
generated_path, extra_keys = ActionController::Routing::Routes.generate_extras(options, defaults)
found_extras = options.reject {|k, v| ! extra_keys.include? k}
msg = build_message(message, "found extras <?>, not <?>", found_extras, extras)
assert_block(msg) { found_extras == extras }
msg = build_message(message, "The generated path <?> did not match <?>", generated_path,
expected_path)
assert_block(msg) { expected_path == generated_path }
end
end
# Asserts that path and options match both ways; in other words, it verifies that <tt>path</tt> generates
# <tt>options</tt> and then that <tt>options</tt> generates <tt>path</tt>. This essentially combines #assert_recognizes
# and #assert_generates into one step.
#
# The +extras+ hash allows you to specify options that would normally be provided as a query string to the action. The
# +message+ parameter allows you to specify a custom error message to display upon failure.
#
# ==== Examples
# # Assert a basic route: a controller with the default action (index)
# assert_routing('/home', :controller => 'home', :action => 'index')
#
# # Test a route generated with a specific controller, action, and parameter (id)
# assert_routing('/entries/show/23', :controller => 'entries', :action => 'show', id => 23)
#
# # Assert a basic route (controller + default action), with an error message if it fails
# assert_routing('/store', { :controller => 'store', :action => 'index' }, {}, {}, 'Route for store index not generated properly')
#
# # Tests a route, providing a defaults hash
# assert_routing 'controller/action/9', {:id => "9", :item => "square"}, {:controller => "controller", :action => "action"}, {}, {:item => "square"}
def assert_routing(path, options, defaults={}, extras={}, message=nil)
assert_recognizes(options, path, extras, message)
controller, default_controller = options[:controller], defaults[:controller]
if controller && controller.include?(?/) && default_controller && default_controller.include?(?/)
options[:controller] = "/#{controller}"
end
assert_generates(path, options, defaults, extras, message)
end
private
# Recognizes the route for a given path.
def recognized_request_for(path, request_method = nil)
path = "/#{path}" unless path.first == '/'
# Assume given controller
request = ActionController::TestRequest.new({}, {}, nil)
request.env["REQUEST_METHOD"] = request_method.to_s.upcase if request_method
request.path = path
ActionController::Routing::Routes.recognize(request)
request
end
end
end
end

View file

@ -0,0 +1,640 @@
#--
# Copyright (c) 2006 Assaf Arkin (http://labnotes.org)
# Under MIT and/or CC By license.
#++
require 'rexml/document'
require 'html/document'
module ActionController
module Assertions
unless const_defined?(:NO_STRIP)
NO_STRIP = %w{pre script style textarea}
end
# Adds the #assert_select method for use in Rails functional
# test cases, which can be used to make assertions on the response HTML of a controller
# action. You can also call #assert_select within another #assert_select to
# make assertions on elements selected by the enclosing assertion.
#
# Use #css_select to select elements without making an assertions, either
# from the response HTML or elements selected by the enclosing assertion.
#
# In addition to HTML responses, you can make the following assertions:
# * #assert_select_rjs -- Assertions on HTML content of RJS update and
# insertion operations.
# * #assert_select_encoded -- Assertions on HTML encoded inside XML,
# for example for dealing with feed item descriptions.
# * #assert_select_email -- Assertions on the HTML body of an e-mail.
#
# Also see HTML::Selector to learn how to use selectors.
module SelectorAssertions
# :call-seq:
# css_select(selector) => array
# css_select(element, selector) => array
#
# Select and return all matching elements.
#
# If called with a single argument, uses that argument as a selector
# to match all elements of the current page. Returns an empty array
# if no match is found.
#
# If called with two arguments, uses the first argument as the base
# element and the second argument as the selector. Attempts to match the
# base element and any of its children. Returns an empty array if no
# match is found.
#
# The selector may be a CSS selector expression (+String+), an expression
# with substitution values (+Array+) or an HTML::Selector object.
#
# ==== Examples
# # Selects all div tags
# divs = css_select("div")
#
# # Selects all paragraph tags and does something interesting
# pars = css_select("p")
# pars.each do |par|
# # Do something fun with paragraphs here...
# end
#
# # Selects all list items in unordered lists
# items = css_select("ul>li")
#
# # Selects all form tags and then all inputs inside the form
# forms = css_select("form")
# forms.each do |form|
# inputs = css_select(form, "input")
# ...
# end
#
def css_select(*args)
# See assert_select to understand what's going on here.
arg = args.shift
if arg.is_a?(HTML::Node)
root = arg
arg = args.shift
elsif arg == nil
raise ArgumentError, "First argument is either selector or element to select, but nil found. Perhaps you called assert_select with an element that does not exist?"
elsif @selected
matches = []
@selected.each do |selected|
subset = css_select(selected, HTML::Selector.new(arg.dup, args.dup))
subset.each do |match|
matches << match unless matches.any? { |m| m.equal?(match) }
end
end
return matches
else
root = response_from_page_or_rjs
end
case arg
when String
selector = HTML::Selector.new(arg, args)
when Array
selector = HTML::Selector.new(*arg)
when HTML::Selector
selector = arg
else raise ArgumentError, "Expecting a selector as the first argument"
end
selector.select(root)
end
# :call-seq:
# assert_select(selector, equality?, message?)
# assert_select(element, selector, equality?, message?)
#
# An assertion that selects elements and makes one or more equality tests.
#
# If the first argument is an element, selects all matching elements
# starting from (and including) that element and all its children in
# depth-first order.
#
# If no element if specified, calling #assert_select will select from the
# response HTML. Calling #assert_select inside an #assert_select block will
# run the assertion for each element selected by the enclosing assertion.
#
# ==== Example
# assert_select "ol>li" do |elements|
# elements.each do |element|
# assert_select element, "li"
# end
# end
#
# Or for short:
# assert_select "ol>li" do
# assert_select "li"
# end
#
# The selector may be a CSS selector expression (+String+), an expression
# with substitution values, or an HTML::Selector object.
#
# === Equality Tests
#
# The equality test may be one of the following:
# * <tt>true</tt> -- Assertion is true if at least one element selected.
# * <tt>false</tt> -- Assertion is true if no element selected.
# * <tt>String/Regexp</tt> -- Assertion is true if the text value of at least
# one element matches the string or regular expression.
# * <tt>Integer</tt> -- Assertion is true if exactly that number of
# elements are selected.
# * <tt>Range</tt> -- Assertion is true if the number of selected
# elements fit the range.
# If no equality test specified, the assertion is true if at least one
# element selected.
#
# To perform more than one equality tests, use a hash with the following keys:
# * <tt>:text</tt> -- Narrow the selection to elements that have this text
# value (string or regexp).
# * <tt>:html</tt> -- Narrow the selection to elements that have this HTML
# content (string or regexp).
# * <tt>:count</tt> -- Assertion is true if the number of selected elements
# is equal to this value.
# * <tt>:minimum</tt> -- Assertion is true if the number of selected
# elements is at least this value.
# * <tt>:maximum</tt> -- Assertion is true if the number of selected
# elements is at most this value.
#
# If the method is called with a block, once all equality tests are
# evaluated the block is called with an array of all matched elements.
#
# ==== Examples
#
# # At least one form element
# assert_select "form"
#
# # Form element includes four input fields
# assert_select "form input", 4
#
# # Page title is "Welcome"
# assert_select "title", "Welcome"
#
# # Page title is "Welcome" and there is only one title element
# assert_select "title", {:count=>1, :text=>"Welcome"},
# "Wrong title or more than one title element"
#
# # Page contains no forms
# assert_select "form", false, "This page must contain no forms"
#
# # Test the content and style
# assert_select "body div.header ul.menu"
#
# # Use substitution values
# assert_select "ol>li#?", /item-\d+/
#
# # All input fields in the form have a name
# assert_select "form input" do
# assert_select "[name=?]", /.+/ # Not empty
# end
def assert_select(*args, &block)
# Start with optional element followed by mandatory selector.
arg = args.shift
if arg.is_a?(HTML::Node)
# First argument is a node (tag or text, but also HTML root),
# so we know what we're selecting from.
root = arg
arg = args.shift
elsif arg == nil
# This usually happens when passing a node/element that
# happens to be nil.
raise ArgumentError, "First argument is either selector or element to select, but nil found. Perhaps you called assert_select with an element that does not exist?"
elsif @selected
root = HTML::Node.new(nil)
root.children.concat @selected
else
# Otherwise just operate on the response document.
root = response_from_page_or_rjs
end
# First or second argument is the selector: string and we pass
# all remaining arguments. Array and we pass the argument. Also
# accepts selector itself.
case arg
when String
selector = HTML::Selector.new(arg, args)
when Array
selector = HTML::Selector.new(*arg)
when HTML::Selector
selector = arg
else raise ArgumentError, "Expecting a selector as the first argument"
end
# Next argument is used for equality tests.
equals = {}
case arg = args.shift
when Hash
equals = arg
when String, Regexp
equals[:text] = arg
when Integer
equals[:count] = arg
when Range
equals[:minimum] = arg.begin
equals[:maximum] = arg.end
when FalseClass
equals[:count] = 0
when NilClass, TrueClass
equals[:minimum] = 1
else raise ArgumentError, "I don't understand what you're trying to match"
end
# By default we're looking for at least one match.
if equals[:count]
equals[:minimum] = equals[:maximum] = equals[:count]
else
equals[:minimum] = 1 unless equals[:minimum]
end
# Last argument is the message we use if the assertion fails.
message = args.shift
#- message = "No match made with selector #{selector.inspect}" unless message
if args.shift
raise ArgumentError, "Not expecting that last argument, you either have too many arguments, or they're the wrong type"
end
matches = selector.select(root)
# If text/html, narrow down to those elements that match it.
content_mismatch = nil
if match_with = equals[:text]
matches.delete_if do |match|
text = ""
stack = match.children.reverse
while node = stack.pop
if node.tag?
stack.concat node.children.reverse
else
text << node.content
end
end
text.strip! unless NO_STRIP.include?(match.name)
unless match_with.is_a?(Regexp) ? (text =~ match_with) : (text == match_with.to_s)
content_mismatch ||= build_message(message, "<?> expected but was\n<?>.", match_with, text)
true
end
end
elsif match_with = equals[:html]
matches.delete_if do |match|
html = match.children.map(&:to_s).join
html.strip! unless NO_STRIP.include?(match.name)
unless match_with.is_a?(Regexp) ? (html =~ match_with) : (html == match_with.to_s)
content_mismatch ||= build_message(message, "<?> expected but was\n<?>.", match_with, html)
true
end
end
end
# Expecting foo found bar element only if found zero, not if
# found one but expecting two.
message ||= content_mismatch if matches.empty?
# Test minimum/maximum occurrence.
min, max = equals[:minimum], equals[:maximum]
message = message || %(Expected #{count_description(min, max)} matching "#{selector.to_s}", found #{matches.size}.)
assert matches.size >= min, message if min
assert matches.size <= max, message if max
# If a block is given call that block. Set @selected to allow
# nested assert_select, which can be nested several levels deep.
if block_given? && !matches.empty?
begin
in_scope, @selected = @selected, matches
yield matches
ensure
@selected = in_scope
end
end
# Returns all matches elements.
matches
end
def count_description(min, max) #:nodoc:
pluralize = lambda {|word, quantity| word << (quantity == 1 ? '' : 's')}
if min && max && (max != min)
"between #{min} and #{max} elements"
elsif min && !(min == 1 && max == 1)
"at least #{min} #{pluralize['element', min]}"
elsif max
"at most #{max} #{pluralize['element', max]}"
end
end
# :call-seq:
# assert_select_rjs(id?) { |elements| ... }
# assert_select_rjs(statement, id?) { |elements| ... }
# assert_select_rjs(:insert, position, id?) { |elements| ... }
#
# Selects content from the RJS response.
#
# === Narrowing down
#
# With no arguments, asserts that one or more elements are updated or
# inserted by RJS statements.
#
# Use the +id+ argument to narrow down the assertion to only statements
# that update or insert an element with that identifier.
#
# Use the first argument to narrow down assertions to only statements
# of that type. Possible values are <tt>:replace</tt>, <tt>:replace_html</tt>,
# <tt>:show</tt>, <tt>:hide</tt>, <tt>:toggle</tt>, <tt>:remove</tt> and
# <tt>:insert_html</tt>.
#
# Use the argument <tt>:insert</tt> followed by an insertion position to narrow
# down the assertion to only statements that insert elements in that
# position. Possible values are <tt>:top</tt>, <tt>:bottom</tt>, <tt>:before</tt>
# and <tt>:after</tt>.
#
# Using the <tt>:remove</tt> statement, you will be able to pass a block, but it will
# be ignored as there is no HTML passed for this statement.
#
# === Using blocks
#
# Without a block, #assert_select_rjs merely asserts that the response
# contains one or more RJS statements that replace or update content.
#
# With a block, #assert_select_rjs also selects all elements used in
# these statements and passes them to the block. Nested assertions are
# supported.
#
# Calling #assert_select_rjs with no arguments and using nested asserts
# asserts that the HTML content is returned by one or more RJS statements.
# Using #assert_select directly makes the same assertion on the content,
# but without distinguishing whether the content is returned in an HTML
# or JavaScript.
#
# ==== Examples
#
# # Replacing the element foo.
# # page.replace 'foo', ...
# assert_select_rjs :replace, "foo"
#
# # Replacing with the chained RJS proxy.
# # page[:foo].replace ...
# assert_select_rjs :chained_replace, 'foo'
#
# # Inserting into the element bar, top position.
# assert_select_rjs :insert, :top, "bar"
#
# # Remove the element bar
# assert_select_rjs :remove, "bar"
#
# # Changing the element foo, with an image.
# assert_select_rjs "foo" do
# assert_select "img[src=/images/logo.gif""
# end
#
# # RJS inserts or updates a list with four items.
# assert_select_rjs do
# assert_select "ol>li", 4
# end
#
# # The same, but shorter.
# assert_select "ol>li", 4
def assert_select_rjs(*args, &block)
rjs_type = nil
arg = args.shift
# If the first argument is a symbol, it's the type of RJS statement we're looking
# for (update, replace, insertion, etc). Otherwise, we're looking for just about
# any RJS statement.
if arg.is_a?(Symbol)
rjs_type = arg
if rjs_type == :insert
arg = args.shift
insertion = "insert_#{arg}".to_sym
raise ArgumentError, "Unknown RJS insertion type #{arg}" unless RJS_STATEMENTS[insertion]
statement = "(#{RJS_STATEMENTS[insertion]})"
else
raise ArgumentError, "Unknown RJS statement type #{rjs_type}" unless RJS_STATEMENTS[rjs_type]
statement = "(#{RJS_STATEMENTS[rjs_type]})"
end
arg = args.shift
else
statement = "#{RJS_STATEMENTS[:any]}"
end
# Next argument we're looking for is the element identifier. If missing, we pick
# any element.
if arg.is_a?(String)
id = Regexp.quote(arg)
arg = args.shift
else
id = "[^\"]*"
end
pattern =
case rjs_type
when :chained_replace, :chained_replace_html
Regexp.new("\\$\\(\"#{id}\"\\)#{statement}\\(#{RJS_PATTERN_HTML}\\)", Regexp::MULTILINE)
when :remove, :show, :hide, :toggle
Regexp.new("#{statement}\\(\"#{id}\"\\)")
else
Regexp.new("#{statement}\\(\"#{id}\", #{RJS_PATTERN_HTML}\\)", Regexp::MULTILINE)
end
# Duplicate the body since the next step involves destroying it.
matches = nil
case rjs_type
when :remove, :show, :hide, :toggle
matches = @response.body.match(pattern)
else
@response.body.gsub(pattern) do |match|
html = unescape_rjs($2)
matches ||= []
matches.concat HTML::Document.new(html).root.children.select { |n| n.tag? }
""
end
end
if matches
assert_block("") { true } # to count the assertion
if block_given? && !([:remove, :show, :hide, :toggle].include? rjs_type)
begin
in_scope, @selected = @selected, matches
yield matches
ensure
@selected = in_scope
end
end
matches
else
# RJS statement not found.
flunk args.shift || "No RJS statement that replaces or inserts HTML content."
end
end
# :call-seq:
# assert_select_encoded(element?) { |elements| ... }
#
# Extracts the content of an element, treats it as encoded HTML and runs
# nested assertion on it.
#
# You typically call this method within another assertion to operate on
# all currently selected elements. You can also pass an element or array
# of elements.
#
# The content of each element is un-encoded, and wrapped in the root
# element +encoded+. It then calls the block with all un-encoded elements.
#
# ==== Examples
# # Selects all bold tags from within the title of an ATOM feed's entries (perhaps to nab a section name prefix)
# assert_select_feed :atom, 1.0 do
# # Select each entry item and then the title item
# assert_select "entry>title" do
# # Run assertions on the encoded title elements
# assert_select_encoded do
# assert_select "b"
# end
# end
# end
#
#
# # Selects all paragraph tags from within the description of an RSS feed
# assert_select_feed :rss, 2.0 do
# # Select description element of each feed item.
# assert_select "channel>item>description" do
# # Run assertions on the encoded elements.
# assert_select_encoded do
# assert_select "p"
# end
# end
# end
def assert_select_encoded(element = nil, &block)
case element
when Array
elements = element
when HTML::Node
elements = [element]
when nil
unless elements = @selected
raise ArgumentError, "First argument is optional, but must be called from a nested assert_select"
end
else
raise ArgumentError, "Argument is optional, and may be node or array of nodes"
end
fix_content = lambda do |node|
# Gets around a bug in the Rails 1.1 HTML parser.
node.content.gsub(/<!\[CDATA\[(.*)(\]\]>)?/m) { CGI.escapeHTML($1) }
end
selected = elements.map do |element|
text = element.children.select{ |c| not c.tag? }.map{ |c| fix_content[c] }.join
root = HTML::Document.new(CGI.unescapeHTML("<encoded>#{text}</encoded>")).root
css_select(root, "encoded:root", &block)[0]
end
begin
old_selected, @selected = @selected, selected
assert_select ":root", &block
ensure
@selected = old_selected
end
end
# :call-seq:
# assert_select_email { }
#
# Extracts the body of an email and runs nested assertions on it.
#
# You must enable deliveries for this assertion to work, use:
# ActionMailer::Base.perform_deliveries = true
#
# ==== Examples
#
# assert_select_email do
# assert_select "h1", "Email alert"
# end
#
# assert_select_email do
# items = assert_select "ol>li"
# items.each do
# # Work with items here...
# end
# end
#
def assert_select_email(&block)
deliveries = ActionMailer::Base.deliveries
assert !deliveries.empty?, "No e-mail in delivery list"
for delivery in deliveries
for part in delivery.parts
if part["Content-Type"].to_s =~ /^text\/html\W/
root = HTML::Document.new(part.body).root
assert_select root, ":root", &block
end
end
end
end
protected
unless const_defined?(:RJS_STATEMENTS)
RJS_STATEMENTS = {
:replace => /Element\.replace/,
:replace_html => /Element\.update/,
:chained_replace => /\.replace/,
:chained_replace_html => /\.update/,
:remove => /Element\.remove/,
:show => /Element\.show/,
:hide => /Element\.hide/,
:toggle => /Element\.toggle/
}
RJS_INSERTIONS = [:top, :bottom, :before, :after]
RJS_INSERTIONS.each do |insertion|
RJS_STATEMENTS["insert_#{insertion}".to_sym] = Regexp.new(Regexp.quote("new Insertion.#{insertion.to_s.camelize}"))
end
RJS_STATEMENTS[:any] = Regexp.new("(#{RJS_STATEMENTS.values.join('|')})")
RJS_STATEMENTS[:insert_html] = Regexp.new(RJS_INSERTIONS.collect do |insertion|
Regexp.quote("new Insertion.#{insertion.to_s.camelize}")
end.join('|'))
RJS_PATTERN_HTML = /"((\\"|[^"])*)"/
RJS_PATTERN_EVERYTHING = Regexp.new("#{RJS_STATEMENTS[:any]}\\(\"([^\"]*)\", #{RJS_PATTERN_HTML}\\)",
Regexp::MULTILINE)
RJS_PATTERN_UNICODE_ESCAPED_CHAR = /\\u([0-9a-zA-Z]{4})/
end
# #assert_select and #css_select call this to obtain the content in the HTML
# page, or from all the RJS statements, depending on the type of response.
def response_from_page_or_rjs()
content_type = @response.content_type
if content_type && content_type =~ /text\/javascript/
body = @response.body.dup
root = HTML::Node.new(nil)
while true
next if body.sub!(RJS_PATTERN_EVERYTHING) do |match|
html = unescape_rjs($3)
matches = HTML::Document.new(html).root.children.select { |n| n.tag? }
root.children.concat matches
""
end
break
end
root
else
html_document.root
end
end
# Unescapes a RJS string.
def unescape_rjs(rjs_string)
# RJS encodes double quotes and line breaks.
unescaped= rjs_string.gsub('\"', '"')
unescaped.gsub!(/\\\//, '/')
unescaped.gsub!('\n', "\n")
unescaped.gsub!('\076', '>')
unescaped.gsub!('\074', '<')
# RJS encodes non-ascii characters.
unescaped.gsub!(RJS_PATTERN_UNICODE_ESCAPED_CHAR) {|u| [$1.hex].pack('U*')}
unescaped
end
end
end
end

View file

@ -0,0 +1,130 @@
require 'rexml/document'
require 'html/document'
module ActionController
module Assertions
# Pair of assertions to testing elements in the HTML output of the response.
module TagAssertions
# Asserts that there is a tag/node/element in the body of the response
# that meets all of the given conditions. The +conditions+ parameter must
# be a hash of any of the following keys (all are optional):
#
# * <tt>:tag</tt>: the node type must match the corresponding value
# * <tt>:attributes</tt>: a hash. The node's attributes must match the
# corresponding values in the hash.
# * <tt>:parent</tt>: a hash. The node's parent must match the
# corresponding hash.
# * <tt>:child</tt>: a hash. At least one of the node's immediate children
# must meet the criteria described by the hash.
# * <tt>:ancestor</tt>: a hash. At least one of the node's ancestors must
# meet the criteria described by the hash.
# * <tt>:descendant</tt>: a hash. At least one of the node's descendants
# must meet the criteria described by the hash.
# * <tt>:sibling</tt>: a hash. At least one of the node's siblings must
# meet the criteria described by the hash.
# * <tt>:after</tt>: a hash. The node must be after any sibling meeting
# the criteria described by the hash, and at least one sibling must match.
# * <tt>:before</tt>: a hash. The node must be before any sibling meeting
# the criteria described by the hash, and at least one sibling must match.
# * <tt>:children</tt>: a hash, for counting children of a node. Accepts
# the keys:
# * <tt>:count</tt>: either a number or a range which must equal (or
# include) the number of children that match.
# * <tt>:less_than</tt>: the number of matching children must be less
# than this number.
# * <tt>:greater_than</tt>: the number of matching children must be
# greater than this number.
# * <tt>:only</tt>: another hash consisting of the keys to use
# to match on the children, and only matching children will be
# counted.
# * <tt>:content</tt>: the textual content of the node must match the
# given value. This will not match HTML tags in the body of a
# tag--only text.
#
# Conditions are matched using the following algorithm:
#
# * if the condition is a string, it must be a substring of the value.
# * if the condition is a regexp, it must match the value.
# * if the condition is a number, the value must match number.to_s.
# * if the condition is +true+, the value must not be +nil+.
# * if the condition is +false+ or +nil+, the value must be +nil+.
#
# === Examples
#
# # Assert that there is a "span" tag
# assert_tag :tag => "span"
#
# # Assert that there is a "span" tag with id="x"
# assert_tag :tag => "span", :attributes => { :id => "x" }
#
# # Assert that there is a "span" tag using the short-hand
# assert_tag :span
#
# # Assert that there is a "span" tag with id="x" using the short-hand
# assert_tag :span, :attributes => { :id => "x" }
#
# # Assert that there is a "span" inside of a "div"
# assert_tag :tag => "span", :parent => { :tag => "div" }
#
# # Assert that there is a "span" somewhere inside a table
# assert_tag :tag => "span", :ancestor => { :tag => "table" }
#
# # Assert that there is a "span" with at least one "em" child
# assert_tag :tag => "span", :child => { :tag => "em" }
#
# # Assert that there is a "span" containing a (possibly nested)
# # "strong" tag.
# assert_tag :tag => "span", :descendant => { :tag => "strong" }
#
# # Assert that there is a "span" containing between 2 and 4 "em" tags
# # as immediate children
# assert_tag :tag => "span",
# :children => { :count => 2..4, :only => { :tag => "em" } }
#
# # Get funky: assert that there is a "div", with an "ul" ancestor
# # and an "li" parent (with "class" = "enum"), and containing a
# # "span" descendant that contains text matching /hello world/
# assert_tag :tag => "div",
# :ancestor => { :tag => "ul" },
# :parent => { :tag => "li",
# :attributes => { :class => "enum" } },
# :descendant => { :tag => "span",
# :child => /hello world/ }
#
# <b>Please note</b>: #assert_tag and #assert_no_tag only work
# with well-formed XHTML. They recognize a few tags as implicitly self-closing
# (like br and hr and such) but will not work correctly with tags
# that allow optional closing tags (p, li, td). <em>You must explicitly
# close all of your tags to use these assertions.</em>
def assert_tag(*opts)
clean_backtrace do
opts = opts.size > 1 ? opts.last.merge({ :tag => opts.first.to_s }) : opts.first
tag = find_tag(opts)
assert tag, "expected tag, but no tag found matching #{opts.inspect} in:\n#{@response.body.inspect}"
end
end
# Identical to #assert_tag, but asserts that a matching tag does _not_
# exist. (See #assert_tag for a full discussion of the syntax.)
#
# === Examples
# # Assert that there is not a "div" containing a "p"
# assert_no_tag :tag => "div", :descendant => { :tag => "p" }
#
# # Assert that an unordered list is empty
# assert_no_tag :tag => "ul", :descendant => { :tag => "li" }
#
# # Assert that there is not a "p" tag with between 1 to 3 "img" tags
# # as immediate children
# assert_no_tag :tag => "p",
# :children => { :count => 1..3, :only => { :tag => "img" } }
def assert_no_tag(*opts)
clean_backtrace do
opts = opts.size > 1 ? opts.last.merge({ :tag => opts.first.to_s }) : opts.first
tag = find_tag(opts)
assert !tag, "expected no tag, but found tag matching #{opts.inspect} in:\n#{@response.body.inspect}"
end
end
end
end
end

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

View file

@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
require 'benchmark'
module ActionController #:nodoc:
# The benchmarking module times the performance of actions and reports to the logger. If the Active Record
# package has been included, a separate timing section for database calls will be added as well.
module Benchmarking #:nodoc:
def self.included(base)
base.extend(ClassMethods)
base.class_eval do
alias_method_chain :perform_action, :benchmark
alias_method_chain :render, :benchmark
end
end
module ClassMethods
# Log and benchmark the workings of a single block and silence whatever logging that may have happened inside it
# (unless <tt>use_silence</tt> is set to false).
#
# The benchmark is only recorded if the current level of the logger matches the <tt>log_level</tt>, which makes it
# easy to include benchmarking statements in production software that will remain inexpensive because the benchmark
# will only be conducted if the log level is low enough.
def benchmark(title, log_level = Logger::DEBUG, use_silence = true)
if logger && logger.level == log_level
result = nil
seconds = Benchmark.realtime { result = use_silence ? silence { yield } : yield }
logger.add(log_level, "#{title} (#{'%.5f' % seconds})")
result
else
yield
end
end
# Silences the logger for the duration of the block.
def silence
old_logger_level, logger.level = logger.level, Logger::ERROR if logger
yield
ensure
logger.level = old_logger_level if logger
end
end
protected
def render_with_benchmark(options = nil, deprecated_status = nil, &block)
unless logger
render_without_benchmark(options, &block)
else
db_runtime = ActiveRecord::Base.connection.reset_runtime if Object.const_defined?("ActiveRecord") && ActiveRecord::Base.connected?
render_output = nil
@rendering_runtime = Benchmark::measure{ render_output = render_without_benchmark(options, &block) }.real
if Object.const_defined?("ActiveRecord") && ActiveRecord::Base.connected?
@db_rt_before_render = db_runtime
@db_rt_after_render = ActiveRecord::Base.connection.reset_runtime
@rendering_runtime -= @db_rt_after_render
end
render_output
end
end
private
def perform_action_with_benchmark
unless logger
perform_action_without_benchmark
else
runtime = [ Benchmark::measure{ perform_action_without_benchmark }.real, 0.0001 ].max
log_message = "Completed in #{sprintf("%.5f", runtime)} (#{(1 / runtime).floor} reqs/sec)"
log_message << rendering_runtime(runtime) if defined?(@rendering_runtime)
log_message << active_record_runtime(runtime) if Object.const_defined?("ActiveRecord") && ActiveRecord::Base.connected?
log_message << " | #{headers["Status"]}"
log_message << " [#{complete_request_uri rescue "unknown"}]"
logger.info(log_message)
response.headers["X-Runtime"] = sprintf("%.5f", runtime)
end
end
def rendering_runtime(runtime)
percentage = @rendering_runtime * 100 / runtime
" | Rendering: %.5f (%d%%)" % [@rendering_runtime, percentage.to_i]
end
def active_record_runtime(runtime)
db_runtime = ActiveRecord::Base.connection.reset_runtime
db_runtime += @db_rt_before_render if @db_rt_before_render
db_runtime += @db_rt_after_render if @db_rt_after_render
db_percentage = db_runtime * 100 / runtime
" | DB: %.5f (%d%%)" % [db_runtime, db_percentage.to_i]
end
end
end

View file

@ -0,0 +1,683 @@
require 'fileutils'
require 'uri'
require 'set'
module ActionController #:nodoc:
# Caching is a cheap way of speeding up slow applications by keeping the result of calculations, renderings, and database calls
# around for subsequent requests. Action Controller affords you three approaches in varying levels of granularity: Page, Action, Fragment.
#
# You can read more about each approach and the sweeping assistance by clicking the modules below.
#
# Note: To turn off all caching and sweeping, set Base.perform_caching = false.
module Caching
def self.included(base) #:nodoc:
base.class_eval do
include Pages, Actions, Fragments
if defined? ActiveRecord
include Sweeping, SqlCache
end
@@perform_caching = true
cattr_accessor :perform_caching
end
end
# Page caching is an approach to caching where the entire action output of is stored as a HTML file that the web server
# can serve without going through the Action Pack. This can be as much as 100 times faster than going through the process of dynamically
# generating the content. Unfortunately, this incredible speed-up is only available to stateless pages where all visitors
# are treated the same. Content management systems -- including weblogs and wikis -- have many pages that are a great fit
# for this approach, but account-based systems where people log in and manipulate their own data are often less likely candidates.
#
# Specifying which actions to cache is done through the <tt>caches</tt> class method:
#
# class WeblogController < ActionController::Base
# caches_page :show, :new
# end
#
# This will generate cache files such as weblog/show/5 and weblog/new, which match the URLs used to trigger the dynamic
# generation. This is how the web server is able pick up a cache file when it exists and otherwise let the request pass on to
# the Action Pack to generate it.
#
# Expiration of the cache is handled by deleting the cached file, which results in a lazy regeneration approach where the cache
# is not restored before another hit is made against it. The API for doing so mimics the options from url_for and friends:
#
# class WeblogController < ActionController::Base
# def update
# List.update(params[:list][:id], params[:list])
# expire_page :action => "show", :id => params[:list][:id]
# redirect_to :action => "show", :id => params[:list][:id]
# end
# end
#
# Additionally, you can expire caches using Sweepers that act on changes in the model to determine when a cache is supposed to be
# expired.
#
# == Setting the cache directory
#
# The cache directory should be the document root for the web server and is set using Base.page_cache_directory = "/document/root".
# For Rails, this directory has already been set to RAILS_ROOT + "/public".
#
# == Setting the cache extension
#
# By default, the cache extension is .html, which makes it easy for the cached files to be picked up by the web server. If you want
# something else, like .php or .shtml, just set Base.page_cache_extension.
module Pages
def self.included(base) #:nodoc:
base.extend(ClassMethods)
base.class_eval do
@@page_cache_directory = defined?(RAILS_ROOT) ? "#{RAILS_ROOT}/public" : ""
cattr_accessor :page_cache_directory
@@page_cache_extension = '.html'
cattr_accessor :page_cache_extension
end
end
module ClassMethods
# Expires the page that was cached with the +path+ as a key. Example:
# expire_page "/lists/show"
def expire_page(path)
return unless perform_caching
benchmark "Expired page: #{page_cache_file(path)}" do
File.delete(page_cache_path(path)) if File.exist?(page_cache_path(path))
end
end
# Manually cache the +content+ in the key determined by +path+. Example:
# cache_page "I'm the cached content", "/lists/show"
def cache_page(content, path)
return unless perform_caching
benchmark "Cached page: #{page_cache_file(path)}" do
FileUtils.makedirs(File.dirname(page_cache_path(path)))
File.open(page_cache_path(path), "wb+") { |f| f.write(content) }
end
end
# Caches the +actions+ using the page-caching approach that'll store the cache in a path within the page_cache_directory that
# matches the triggering url.
def caches_page(*actions)
return unless perform_caching
actions = actions.map(&:to_s)
after_filter { |c| c.cache_page if actions.include?(c.action_name) }
end
private
def page_cache_file(path)
name = (path.empty? || path == "/") ? "/index" : URI.unescape(path.chomp('/'))
name << page_cache_extension unless (name.split('/').last || name).include? '.'
return name
end
def page_cache_path(path)
page_cache_directory + page_cache_file(path)
end
end
# Expires the page that was cached with the +options+ as a key. Example:
# expire_page :controller => "lists", :action => "show"
def expire_page(options = {})
return unless perform_caching
if options.is_a?(Hash)
if options[:action].is_a?(Array)
options[:action].dup.each do |action|
self.class.expire_page(url_for(options.merge(:only_path => true, :skip_relative_url_root => true, :action => action)))
end
else
self.class.expire_page(url_for(options.merge(:only_path => true, :skip_relative_url_root => true)))
end
else
self.class.expire_page(options)
end
end
# Manually cache the +content+ in the key determined by +options+. If no content is provided, the contents of response.body is used
# If no options are provided, the requested url is used. Example:
# cache_page "I'm the cached content", :controller => "lists", :action => "show"
def cache_page(content = nil, options = nil)
return unless perform_caching && caching_allowed
path = case options
when Hash
url_for(options.merge(:only_path => true, :skip_relative_url_root => true, :format => params[:format]))
when String
options
else
request.path
end
self.class.cache_page(content || response.body, path)
end
private
def caching_allowed
request.get? && response.headers['Status'].to_i == 200
end
end
# Action caching is similar to page caching by the fact that the entire output of the response is cached, but unlike page caching,
# every request still goes through the Action Pack. The key benefit of this is that filters are run before the cache is served, which
# allows for authentication and other restrictions on whether someone is allowed to see the cache. Example:
#
# class ListsController < ApplicationController
# before_filter :authenticate, :except => :public
# caches_page :public
# caches_action :show, :feed
# end
#
# In this example, the public action doesn't require authentication, so it's possible to use the faster page caching method. But both the
# show and feed action are to be shielded behind the authenticate filter, so we need to implement those as action caches.
#
# Action caching internally uses the fragment caching and an around filter to do the job. The fragment cache is named according to both
# the current host and the path. So a page that is accessed at http://david.somewhere.com/lists/show/1 will result in a fragment named
# "david.somewhere.com/lists/show/1". This allows the cacher to differentiate between "david.somewhere.com/lists/" and
# "jamis.somewhere.com/lists/" -- which is a helpful way of assisting the subdomain-as-account-key pattern.
#
# Different representations of the same resource, e.g. <tt>http://david.somewhere.com/lists</tt> and <tt>http://david.somewhere.com/lists.xml</tt>
# are treated like separate requests and so are cached separately. Keep in mind when expiring an action cache that <tt>:action => 'lists'</tt> is not the same
# as <tt>:action => 'list', :format => :xml</tt>.
#
# You can set modify the default action cache path by passing a :cache_path option. This will be passed directly to ActionCachePath.path_for. This is handy
# for actions with multiple possible routes that should be cached differently. If a block is given, it is called with the current controller instance.
#
# class ListsController < ApplicationController
# before_filter :authenticate, :except => :public
# caches_page :public
# caches_action :show, :cache_path => { :project => 1 }
# caches_action :show, :cache_path => Proc.new { |controller|
# controller.params[:user_id] ?
# controller.send(:user_list_url, c.params[:user_id], c.params[:id]) :
# controller.send(:list_url, c.params[:id]) }
# end
module Actions
def self.included(base) #:nodoc:
base.extend(ClassMethods)
base.class_eval do
attr_accessor :rendered_action_cache, :action_cache_path
alias_method_chain :protected_instance_variables, :action_caching
end
end
module ClassMethods
# Declares that +actions+ should be cached.
# See ActionController::Caching::Actions for details.
def caches_action(*actions)
return unless perform_caching
around_filter(ActionCacheFilter.new(*actions))
end
end
def protected_instance_variables_with_action_caching
protected_instance_variables_without_action_caching + %w(@action_cache_path)
end
def expire_action(options = {})
return unless perform_caching
if options[:action].is_a?(Array)
options[:action].dup.each do |action|
expire_fragment(ActionCachePath.path_for(self, options.merge({ :action => action })))
end
else
expire_fragment(ActionCachePath.path_for(self, options))
end
end
class ActionCacheFilter #:nodoc:
def initialize(*actions, &block)
@options = actions.extract_options!
@actions = Set.new actions
end
def before(controller)
return unless @actions.include?(controller.action_name.intern)
cache_path = ActionCachePath.new(controller, path_options_for(controller, @options))
if cache = controller.read_fragment(cache_path.path)
controller.rendered_action_cache = true
set_content_type!(controller, cache_path.extension)
controller.send!(:render_for_text, cache)
false
else
controller.action_cache_path = cache_path
end
end
def after(controller)
return if !@actions.include?(controller.action_name.intern) || controller.rendered_action_cache || !caching_allowed(controller)
controller.write_fragment(controller.action_cache_path.path, controller.response.body)
end
private
def set_content_type!(controller, extension)
controller.response.content_type = Mime::Type.lookup_by_extension(extension).to_s if extension
end
def path_options_for(controller, options)
((path_options = options[:cache_path]).respond_to?(:call) ? path_options.call(controller) : path_options) || {}
end
def caching_allowed(controller)
controller.request.get? && controller.response.headers['Status'].to_i == 200
end
end
class ActionCachePath
attr_reader :path, :extension
class << self
def path_for(controller, options)
new(controller, options).path
end
end
def initialize(controller, options = {})
@extension = extract_extension(controller.request.path)
path = controller.url_for(options).split('://').last
normalize!(path)
add_extension!(path, @extension)
@path = URI.unescape(path)
end
private
def normalize!(path)
path << 'index' if path[-1] == ?/
end
def add_extension!(path, extension)
path << ".#{extension}" if extension
end
def extract_extension(file_path)
# Don't want just what comes after the last '.' to accommodate multi part extensions
# such as tar.gz.
file_path[/^[^.]+\.(.+)$/, 1]
end
end
end
# Fragment caching is used for caching various blocks within templates without caching the entire action as a whole. This is useful when
# certain elements of an action change frequently or depend on complicated state while other parts rarely change or can be shared amongst multiple
# parties. The caching is doing using the cache helper available in the Action View. A template with caching might look something like:
#
# <b>Hello <%= @name %></b>
# <% cache do %>
# All the topics in the system:
# <%= render :partial => "topic", :collection => Topic.find(:all) %>
# <% end %>
#
# This cache will bind to the name of the action that called it, so if this code was part of the view for the topics/list action, you would
# be able to invalidate it using <tt>expire_fragment(:controller => "topics", :action => "list")</tt>.
#
# This default behavior is of limited use if you need to cache multiple fragments per action or if the action itself is cached using
# <tt>caches_action</tt>, so we also have the option to qualify the name of the cached fragment with something like:
#
# <% cache(:action => "list", :action_suffix => "all_topics") do %>
#
# That would result in a name such as "/topics/list/all_topics", avoiding conflicts with the action cache and with any fragments that use a
# different suffix. Note that the URL doesn't have to really exist or be callable - the url_for system is just used to generate unique
# cache names that we can refer to when we need to expire the cache.
#
# The expiration call for this example is:
#
# expire_fragment(:controller => "topics", :action => "list", :action_suffix => "all_topics")
#
# == Fragment stores
#
# By default, cached fragments are stored in memory. The available store options are:
#
# * FileStore: Keeps the fragments on disk in the +cache_path+, which works well for all types of environments and allows all
# processes running from the same application directory to access the cached content.
# * MemoryStore: Keeps the fragments in memory, which is fine for WEBrick and for FCGI (if you don't care that each FCGI process holds its
# own fragment store). It's not suitable for CGI as the process is thrown away at the end of each request. It can potentially also take
# up a lot of memory since each process keeps all the caches in memory.
# * DRbStore: Keeps the fragments in the memory of a separate, shared DRb process. This works for all environments and only keeps one cache
# around for all processes, but requires that you run and manage a separate DRb process.
# * MemCacheStore: Works like DRbStore, but uses Danga's MemCache instead.
# Requires the ruby-memcache library: gem install ruby-memcache.
#
# Configuration examples (MemoryStore is the default):
#
# ActionController::Base.fragment_cache_store = :memory_store
# ActionController::Base.fragment_cache_store = :file_store, "/path/to/cache/directory"
# ActionController::Base.fragment_cache_store = :drb_store, "druby://localhost:9192"
# ActionController::Base.fragment_cache_store = :mem_cache_store, "localhost"
# ActionController::Base.fragment_cache_store = MyOwnStore.new("parameter")
module Fragments
def self.included(base) #:nodoc:
base.class_eval do
@@fragment_cache_store = MemoryStore.new
cattr_reader :fragment_cache_store
# Defines the storage option for cached fragments
def self.fragment_cache_store=(store_option)
store, *parameters = *([ store_option ].flatten)
@@fragment_cache_store = if store.is_a?(Symbol)
store_class_name = (store == :drb_store ? "DRbStore" : store.to_s.camelize)
store_class = ActionController::Caching::Fragments.const_get(store_class_name)
store_class.new(*parameters)
else
store
end
end
end
end
# Given a name (as described in <tt>expire_fragment</tt>), returns a key suitable for use in reading,
# writing, or expiring a cached fragment. If the name is a hash, the generated name is the return
# value of url_for on that hash (without the protocol).
def fragment_cache_key(name)
name.is_a?(Hash) ? url_for(name).split("://").last : name
end
# Called by CacheHelper#cache
def cache_erb_fragment(block, name = {}, options = nil)
unless perform_caching then block.call; return end
buffer = eval(ActionView::Base.erb_variable, block.binding)
if cache = read_fragment(name, options)
buffer.concat(cache)
else
pos = buffer.length
block.call
write_fragment(name, buffer[pos..-1], options)
end
end
# Writes <tt>content</tt> to the location signified by <tt>name</tt> (see <tt>expire_fragment</tt> for acceptable formats)
def write_fragment(name, content, options = nil)
return unless perform_caching
key = fragment_cache_key(name)
self.class.benchmark "Cached fragment: #{key}" do
fragment_cache_store.write(key, content, options)
end
content
end
# Reads a cached fragment from the location signified by <tt>name</tt> (see <tt>expire_fragment</tt> for acceptable formats)
def read_fragment(name, options = nil)
return unless perform_caching
key = fragment_cache_key(name)
self.class.benchmark "Fragment read: #{key}" do
fragment_cache_store.read(key, options)
end
end
# Name can take one of three forms:
# * String: This would normally take the form of a path like "pages/45/notes"
# * Hash: Is treated as an implicit call to url_for, like { :controller => "pages", :action => "notes", :id => 45 }
# * Regexp: Will destroy all the matched fragments, example:
# %r{pages/\d*/notes}
# Ensure you do not specify start and finish in the regex (^$) because
# the actual filename matched looks like ./cache/filename/path.cache
# Regexp expiration is only supported on caches that can iterate over
# all keys (unlike memcached).
def expire_fragment(name, options = nil)
return unless perform_caching
key = fragment_cache_key(name)
if key.is_a?(Regexp)
self.class.benchmark "Expired fragments matching: #{key.source}" do
fragment_cache_store.delete_matched(key, options)
end
else
self.class.benchmark "Expired fragment: #{key}" do
fragment_cache_store.delete(key, options)
end
end
end
class UnthreadedMemoryStore #:nodoc:
def initialize #:nodoc:
@data = {}
end
def read(name, options=nil) #:nodoc:
@data[name]
end
def write(name, value, options=nil) #:nodoc:
@data[name] = value
end
def delete(name, options=nil) #:nodoc:
@data.delete(name)
end
def delete_matched(matcher, options=nil) #:nodoc:
@data.delete_if { |k,v| k =~ matcher }
end
end
module ThreadSafety #:nodoc:
def read(name, options=nil) #:nodoc:
@mutex.synchronize { super }
end
def write(name, value, options=nil) #:nodoc:
@mutex.synchronize { super }
end
def delete(name, options=nil) #:nodoc:
@mutex.synchronize { super }
end
def delete_matched(matcher, options=nil) #:nodoc:
@mutex.synchronize { super }
end
end
class MemoryStore < UnthreadedMemoryStore #:nodoc:
def initialize #:nodoc:
super
if ActionController::Base.allow_concurrency
@mutex = Mutex.new
MemoryStore.module_eval { include ThreadSafety }
end
end
end
class DRbStore < MemoryStore #:nodoc:
attr_reader :address
def initialize(address = 'druby://localhost:9192')
super()
@address = address
@data = DRbObject.new(nil, address)
end
end
begin
require_library_or_gem 'memcache'
class MemCacheStore < MemoryStore #:nodoc:
attr_reader :addresses
def initialize(*addresses)
super()
addresses = addresses.flatten
addresses = ["localhost"] if addresses.empty?
@addresses = addresses
@data = MemCache.new(*addresses)
end
end
rescue LoadError
# MemCache wasn't available so neither can the store be
end
class UnthreadedFileStore #:nodoc:
attr_reader :cache_path
def initialize(cache_path)
@cache_path = cache_path
end
def write(name, value, options = nil) #:nodoc:
ensure_cache_path(File.dirname(real_file_path(name)))
File.open(real_file_path(name), "wb+") { |f| f.write(value) }
rescue => e
Base.logger.error "Couldn't create cache directory: #{name} (#{e.message})" if Base.logger
end
def read(name, options = nil) #:nodoc:
File.open(real_file_path(name), 'rb') { |f| f.read } rescue nil
end
def delete(name, options) #:nodoc:
File.delete(real_file_path(name))
rescue SystemCallError => e
# If there's no cache, then there's nothing to complain about
end
def delete_matched(matcher, options) #:nodoc:
search_dir(@cache_path) do |f|
if f =~ matcher
begin
File.delete(f)
rescue SystemCallError => e
# If there's no cache, then there's nothing to complain about
end
end
end
end
private
def real_file_path(name)
'%s/%s.cache' % [@cache_path, name.gsub('?', '.').gsub(':', '.')]
end
def ensure_cache_path(path)
FileUtils.makedirs(path) unless File.exist?(path)
end
def search_dir(dir, &callback)
Dir.foreach(dir) do |d|
next if d == "." || d == ".."
name = File.join(dir, d)
if File.directory?(name)
search_dir(name, &callback)
else
callback.call name
end
end
end
end
class FileStore < UnthreadedFileStore #:nodoc:
def initialize(cache_path)
super(cache_path)
if ActionController::Base.allow_concurrency
@mutex = Mutex.new
FileStore.module_eval { include ThreadSafety }
end
end
end
end
# Sweepers are the terminators of the caching world and responsible for expiring caches when model objects change.
# They do this by being half-observers, half-filters and implementing callbacks for both roles. A Sweeper example:
#
# class ListSweeper < ActionController::Caching::Sweeper
# observe List, Item
#
# def after_save(record)
# list = record.is_a?(List) ? record : record.list
# expire_page(:controller => "lists", :action => %w( show public feed ), :id => list.id)
# expire_action(:controller => "lists", :action => "all")
# list.shares.each { |share| expire_page(:controller => "lists", :action => "show", :id => share.url_key) }
# end
# end
#
# The sweeper is assigned in the controllers that wish to have its job performed using the <tt>cache_sweeper</tt> class method:
#
# class ListsController < ApplicationController
# caches_action :index, :show, :public, :feed
# cache_sweeper :list_sweeper, :only => [ :edit, :destroy, :share ]
# end
#
# In the example above, four actions are cached and three actions are responsible for expiring those caches.
module Sweeping
def self.included(base) #:nodoc:
base.extend(ClassMethods)
end
module ClassMethods #:nodoc:
def cache_sweeper(*sweepers)
return unless perform_caching
configuration = sweepers.extract_options!
sweepers.each do |sweeper|
ActiveRecord::Base.observers << sweeper if defined?(ActiveRecord) and defined?(ActiveRecord::Base)
sweeper_instance = Object.const_get(Inflector.classify(sweeper)).instance
if sweeper_instance.is_a?(Sweeper)
around_filter(sweeper_instance, :only => configuration[:only])
else
after_filter(sweeper_instance, :only => configuration[:only])
end
end
end
end
end
if defined?(ActiveRecord) and defined?(ActiveRecord::Observer)
class Sweeper < ActiveRecord::Observer #:nodoc:
attr_accessor :controller
def before(controller)
self.controller = controller
callback(:before)
end
def after(controller)
callback(:after)
# Clean up, so that the controller can be collected after this request
self.controller = nil
end
protected
# gets the action cache path for the given options.
def action_path_for(options)
ActionController::Caching::Actions::ActionCachePath.path_for(controller, options)
end
# Retrieve instance variables set in the controller.
def assigns(key)
controller.instance_variable_get("@#{key}")
end
private
def callback(timing)
controller_callback_method_name = "#{timing}_#{controller.controller_name.underscore}"
action_callback_method_name = "#{controller_callback_method_name}_#{controller.action_name}"
send!(controller_callback_method_name) if respond_to?(controller_callback_method_name, true)
send!(action_callback_method_name) if respond_to?(action_callback_method_name, true)
end
def method_missing(method, *arguments)
return if @controller.nil?
@controller.send!(method, *arguments)
end
end
end
module SqlCache
def self.included(base) #:nodoc:
if defined?(ActiveRecord) && ActiveRecord::Base.respond_to?(:cache)
base.alias_method_chain :perform_action, :caching
end
end
def perform_action_with_caching
ActiveRecord::Base.cache do
perform_action_without_caching
end
end
end
end
end

View file

@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
require 'action_controller/cgi_ext/stdinput'
require 'action_controller/cgi_ext/query_extension'
require 'action_controller/cgi_ext/cookie'
require 'action_controller/cgi_ext/session'
class CGI #:nodoc:
include ActionController::CgiExt::Stdinput
class << self
alias :escapeHTML_fail_on_nil :escapeHTML
def escapeHTML(string)
escapeHTML_fail_on_nil(string) unless string.nil?
end
end
end

View file

@ -0,0 +1,106 @@
CGI.module_eval { remove_const "Cookie" }
# TODO: document how this differs from stdlib CGI::Cookie
class CGI #:nodoc:
class Cookie < DelegateClass(Array)
attr_accessor :name, :value, :path, :domain, :expires
attr_reader :secure, :http_only
# Create a new CGI::Cookie object.
#
# The contents of the cookie can be specified as a +name+ and one
# or more +value+ arguments. Alternatively, the contents can
# be specified as a single hash argument. The possible keywords of
# this hash are as follows:
#
# name:: the name of the cookie. Required.
# value:: the cookie's value or list of values.
# path:: the path for which this cookie applies. Defaults to the
# base directory of the CGI script.
# domain:: the domain for which this cookie applies.
# expires:: the time at which this cookie expires, as a +Time+ object.
# secure:: whether this cookie is a secure cookie or not (default to
# false). Secure cookies are only transmitted to HTTPS
# servers.
# http_only:: whether this cookie can be accessed by client side scripts (e.g. document.cookie) or only over HTTP
# More details: http://msdn2.microsoft.com/en-us/library/system.web.httpcookie.httponly.aspx
# Defaults to false.
# These keywords correspond to attributes of the cookie object.
def initialize(name = '', *value)
if name.kind_of?(String)
@name = name
@value = Array(value)
@domain = nil
@expires = nil
@secure = false
@http_only = false
@path = nil
else
@name = name['name']
@value = Array(name['value'])
@domain = name['domain']
@expires = name['expires']
@secure = name['secure'] || false
@http_only = name['http_only'] || false
@path = name['path']
end
raise ArgumentError, "`name' required" unless @name
# simple support for IE
unless @path
%r|^(.*/)|.match(ENV['SCRIPT_NAME'])
@path = ($1 or '')
end
super(@value)
end
# Set whether the Cookie is a secure cookie or not.
def secure=(val)
@secure = val == true
end
# Set whether the Cookie is an HTTP only cookie or not.
def http_only=(val)
@http_only = val == true
end
# Convert the Cookie to its string representation.
def to_s
buf = ''
buf << @name << '='
buf << (@value.kind_of?(String) ? CGI::escape(@value) : @value.collect{|v| CGI::escape(v) }.join("&"))
buf << '; domain=' << @domain if @domain
buf << '; path=' << @path if @path
buf << '; expires=' << CGI::rfc1123_date(@expires) if @expires
buf << '; secure' if @secure
buf << '; HttpOnly' if @http_only
buf
end
# Parse a raw cookie string into a hash of cookie-name=>Cookie
# pairs.
#
# cookies = CGI::Cookie::parse("raw_cookie_string")
# # { "name1" => cookie1, "name2" => cookie2, ... }
#
def self.parse(raw_cookie)
cookies = Hash.new([])
if raw_cookie
raw_cookie.split(/[;,]\s?/).each do |pairs|
name, values = pairs.split('=',2)
next unless name and values
name = CGI::unescape(name)
values = values.split('&').collect!{|v| CGI::unescape(v) }
unless cookies.has_key?(name)
cookies[name] = new(name, *values)
end
end
end
cookies
end
end # class Cookie
end

View file

@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
require 'cgi'
class CGI #:nodoc:
module QueryExtension
# Remove the old initialize_query method before redefining it.
remove_method :initialize_query
# Neuter CGI parameter parsing.
def initialize_query
# Fix some strange request environments.
env_table['REQUEST_METHOD'] ||= 'GET'
# POST assumes missing Content-Type is application/x-www-form-urlencoded.
if env_table['CONTENT_TYPE'].blank? && env_table['REQUEST_METHOD'] == 'POST'
env_table['CONTENT_TYPE'] = 'application/x-www-form-urlencoded'
end
@cookies = CGI::Cookie::parse(env_table['HTTP_COOKIE'] || env_table['COOKIE'])
@params = {}
end
end
end

View file

@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
require 'digest/md5'
require 'cgi/session'
require 'cgi/session/pstore'
class CGI #:nodoc:
# * Expose the CGI instance to session stores.
# * Don't require 'digest/md5' whenever a new session id is generated.
class Session #:nodoc:
begin
require 'securerandom'
# Generate a 32-character unique id using SecureRandom.
# This is used to generate session ids but may be reused elsewhere.
def self.generate_unique_id(constant = nil)
SecureRandom.hex(16)
end
rescue LoadError
# Generate an 32-character unique id based on a hash of the current time,
# a random number, the process id, and a constant string. This is used
# to generate session ids but may be reused elsewhere.
def self.generate_unique_id(constant = 'foobar')
md5 = Digest::MD5.new
now = Time.now
md5 << now.to_s
md5 << String(now.usec)
md5 << String(rand(0))
md5 << String($$)
md5 << constant
md5.hexdigest
end
end
# Make the CGI instance available to session stores.
attr_reader :cgi
attr_reader :dbman
alias_method :initialize_without_cgi_reader, :initialize
def initialize(cgi, options = {})
@cgi = cgi
initialize_without_cgi_reader(cgi, options)
end
private
# Create a new session id.
def create_new_id
@new_session = true
self.class.generate_unique_id
end
# * Don't require 'digest/md5' whenever a new session is started.
class PStore #:nodoc:
def initialize(session, option={})
dir = option['tmpdir'] || Dir::tmpdir
prefix = option['prefix'] || ''
id = session.session_id
md5 = Digest::MD5.hexdigest(id)[0,16]
path = dir+"/"+prefix+md5
path.untaint
if File::exist?(path)
@hash = nil
else
unless session.new_session
raise CGI::Session::NoSession, "uninitialized session"
end
@hash = {}
end
@p = ::PStore.new(path)
@p.transaction do |p|
File.chmod(0600, p.path)
end
end
end
end
end

View file

@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
require 'cgi'
module ActionController
module CgiExt
# Publicize the CGI's internal input stream so we can lazy-read
# request.body. Make it writable so we don't have to play $stdin games.
module Stdinput
def self.included(base)
base.class_eval do
remove_method :stdinput
attr_accessor :stdinput
end
base.alias_method_chain :initialize, :stdinput
end
def initialize_with_stdinput(type = nil, stdinput = $stdin)
@stdinput = stdinput
initialize_without_stdinput(type || 'query')
end
end
end
end

View file

@ -0,0 +1,221 @@
require 'action_controller/cgi_ext'
require 'action_controller/session/cookie_store'
module ActionController #:nodoc:
class Base
# Process a request extracted from an CGI object and return a response. Pass false as <tt>session_options</tt> to disable
# sessions (large performance increase if sessions are not needed). The <tt>session_options</tt> are the same as for CGI::Session:
#
# * <tt>:database_manager</tt> - standard options are CGI::Session::FileStore, CGI::Session::MemoryStore, and CGI::Session::PStore
# (default). Additionally, there is CGI::Session::DRbStore and CGI::Session::ActiveRecordStore. Read more about these in
# lib/action_controller/session.
# * <tt>:session_key</tt> - the parameter name used for the session id. Defaults to '_session_id'.
# * <tt>:session_id</tt> - the session id to use. If not provided, then it is retrieved from the +session_key+ cookie, or
# automatically generated for a new session.
# * <tt>:new_session</tt> - if true, force creation of a new session. If not set, a new session is only created if none currently
# exists. If false, a new session is never created, and if none currently exists and the +session_id+ option is not set,
# an ArgumentError is raised.
# * <tt>:session_expires</tt> - the time the current session expires, as a +Time+ object. If not set, the session will continue
# indefinitely.
# * <tt>:session_domain</tt> - the hostname domain for which this session is valid. If not set, defaults to the hostname of the
# server.
# * <tt>:session_secure</tt> - if +true+, this session will only work over HTTPS.
# * <tt>:session_path</tt> - the path for which this session applies. Defaults to the directory of the CGI script.
# * <tt>:cookie_only</tt> - if +true+ (the default), session IDs will only be accepted from cookies and not from
# the query string or POST parameters. This protects against session fixation attacks.
def self.process_cgi(cgi = CGI.new, session_options = {})
new.process_cgi(cgi, session_options)
end
def process_cgi(cgi, session_options = {}) #:nodoc:
process(CgiRequest.new(cgi, session_options), CgiResponse.new(cgi)).out
end
end
class CgiRequest < AbstractRequest #:nodoc:
attr_accessor :cgi, :session_options
class SessionFixationAttempt < StandardError; end #:nodoc:
DEFAULT_SESSION_OPTIONS = {
:database_manager => CGI::Session::CookieStore, # store data in cookie
:prefix => "ruby_sess.", # prefix session file names
:session_path => "/", # available to all paths in app
:session_key => "_session_id",
:cookie_only => true
} unless const_defined?(:DEFAULT_SESSION_OPTIONS)
def initialize(cgi, session_options = {})
@cgi = cgi
@session_options = session_options
@env = @cgi.send!(:env_table)
super()
end
def query_string
qs = @cgi.query_string if @cgi.respond_to?(:query_string)
if !qs.blank?
qs
else
super
end
end
# The request body is an IO input stream. If the RAW_POST_DATA environment
# variable is already set, wrap it in a StringIO.
def body
if raw_post = env['RAW_POST_DATA']
StringIO.new(raw_post)
else
@cgi.stdinput
end
end
def query_parameters
@query_parameters ||= self.class.parse_query_parameters(query_string)
end
def request_parameters
@request_parameters ||= parse_formatted_request_parameters
end
def cookies
@cgi.cookies.freeze
end
def host_with_port_without_standard_port_handling
if forwarded = env["HTTP_X_FORWARDED_HOST"]
forwarded.split(/,\s?/).last
elsif http_host = env['HTTP_HOST']
http_host
elsif server_name = env['SERVER_NAME']
server_name
else
"#{env['SERVER_ADDR']}:#{env['SERVER_PORT']}"
end
end
def host
host_with_port_without_standard_port_handling.sub(/:\d+$/, '')
end
def port
if host_with_port_without_standard_port_handling =~ /:(\d+)$/
$1.to_i
else
standard_port
end
end
def session
unless defined?(@session)
if @session_options == false
@session = Hash.new
else
stale_session_check! do
if cookie_only? && query_parameters[session_options_with_string_keys['session_key']]
raise SessionFixationAttempt
end
case value = session_options_with_string_keys['new_session']
when true
@session = new_session
when false
begin
@session = CGI::Session.new(@cgi, session_options_with_string_keys)
# CGI::Session raises ArgumentError if 'new_session' == false
# and no session cookie or query param is present.
rescue ArgumentError
@session = Hash.new
end
when nil
@session = CGI::Session.new(@cgi, session_options_with_string_keys)
else
raise ArgumentError, "Invalid new_session option: #{value}"
end
@session['__valid_session']
end
end
end
@session
end
def reset_session
@session.delete if defined?(@session) && @session.is_a?(CGI::Session)
@session = new_session
end
def method_missing(method_id, *arguments)
@cgi.send!(method_id, *arguments) rescue super
end
private
# Delete an old session if it exists then create a new one.
def new_session
if @session_options == false
Hash.new
else
CGI::Session.new(@cgi, session_options_with_string_keys.merge("new_session" => false)).delete rescue nil
CGI::Session.new(@cgi, session_options_with_string_keys.merge("new_session" => true))
end
end
def cookie_only?
session_options_with_string_keys['cookie_only']
end
def stale_session_check!
yield
rescue ArgumentError => argument_error
if argument_error.message =~ %r{undefined class/module ([\w:]*\w)}
begin
# Note that the regexp does not allow $1 to end with a ':'
$1.constantize
rescue LoadError, NameError => const_error
raise ActionController::SessionRestoreError, <<-end_msg
Session contains objects whose class definition isn\'t available.
Remember to require the classes for all objects kept in the session.
(Original exception: #{const_error.message} [#{const_error.class}])
end_msg
end
retry
else
raise
end
end
def session_options_with_string_keys
@session_options_with_string_keys ||= DEFAULT_SESSION_OPTIONS.merge(@session_options).stringify_keys
end
end
class CgiResponse < AbstractResponse #:nodoc:
def initialize(cgi)
@cgi = cgi
super()
end
def out(output = $stdout)
output.binmode if output.respond_to?(:binmode)
output.sync = false if output.respond_to?(:sync=)
begin
output.write(@cgi.header(@headers))
if @cgi.send!(:env_table)['REQUEST_METHOD'] == 'HEAD'
return
elsif @body.respond_to?(:call)
# Flush the output now in case the @body Proc uses
# #syswrite.
output.flush if output.respond_to?(:flush)
@body.call(self, output)
else
output.write(@body)
end
output.flush if output.respond_to?(:flush)
rescue Errno::EPIPE, Errno::ECONNRESET
# lost connection to parent process, ignore output
end
end
end
end

View file

@ -0,0 +1,165 @@
module ActionController #:nodoc:
# Components allow you to call other actions for their rendered response while executing another action. You can either delegate
# the entire response rendering or you can mix a partial response in with your other content.
#
# class WeblogController < ActionController::Base
# # Performs a method and then lets hello_world output its render
# def delegate_action
# do_other_stuff_before_hello_world
# render_component :controller => "greeter", :action => "hello_world", :params => { :person => "david" }
# end
# end
#
# class GreeterController < ActionController::Base
# def hello_world
# render :text => "#{params[:person]} says, Hello World!"
# end
# end
#
# The same can be done in a view to do a partial rendering:
#
# Let's see a greeting:
# <%= render_component :controller => "greeter", :action => "hello_world" %>
#
# It is also possible to specify the controller as a class constant, bypassing the inflector
# code to compute the controller class at runtime:
#
# <%= render_component :controller => GreeterController, :action => "hello_world" %>
#
# == When to use components
#
# Components should be used with care. They're significantly slower than simply splitting reusable parts into partials and
# conceptually more complicated. Don't use components as a way of separating concerns inside a single application. Instead,
# reserve components to those rare cases where you truly have reusable view and controller elements that can be employed
# across many applications at once.
#
# So to repeat: Components are a special-purpose approach that can often be replaced with better use of partials and filters.
module Components
def self.included(base) #:nodoc:
base.class_eval do
include InstanceMethods
extend ClassMethods
helper do
def render_component(options)
@controller.send!(:render_component_as_string, options)
end
end
# If this controller was instantiated to process a component request,
# +parent_controller+ points to the instantiator of this controller.
attr_accessor :parent_controller
alias_method_chain :process_cleanup, :components
alias_method_chain :set_session_options, :components
alias_method_chain :flash, :components
alias_method :component_request?, :parent_controller
end
end
module ClassMethods
# Track parent controller to identify component requests
def process_with_components(request, response, parent_controller = nil) #:nodoc:
controller = new
controller.parent_controller = parent_controller
controller.process(request, response)
end
end
module InstanceMethods
# Extracts the action_name from the request parameters and performs that action.
def process_with_components(request, response, method = :perform_action, *arguments) #:nodoc:
flash.discard if component_request?
process_without_components(request, response, method, *arguments)
end
protected
# Renders the component specified as the response for the current method
def render_component(options) #:doc:
component_logging(options) do
render_for_text(component_response(options, true).body, response.headers["Status"])
end
end
# Returns the component response as a string
def render_component_as_string(options) #:doc:
component_logging(options) do
response = component_response(options, false)
if redirected = response.redirected_to
render_component_as_string(redirected)
else
response.body
end
end
end
def flash_with_components(refresh = false) #:nodoc:
if !defined?(@_flash) || refresh
@_flash =
if defined?(@parent_controller)
@parent_controller.flash
else
flash_without_components
end
end
@_flash
end
private
def component_response(options, reuse_response)
klass = component_class(options)
request = request_for_component(klass.controller_name, options)
new_response = reuse_response ? response : response.dup
klass.process_with_components(request, new_response, self)
end
# determine the controller class for the component request
def component_class(options)
if controller = options[:controller]
controller.is_a?(Class) ? controller : "#{controller.camelize}Controller".constantize
else
self.class
end
end
# Create a new request object based on the current request.
# The new request inherits the session from the current request,
# bypassing any session options set for the component controller's class
def request_for_component(controller_name, options)
new_request = request.dup
new_request.session = request.session
new_request.instance_variable_set(
:@parameters,
(options[:params] || {}).with_indifferent_access.update(
"controller" => controller_name, "action" => options[:action], "id" => options[:id]
)
)
new_request
end
def component_logging(options)
if logger
logger.info "Start rendering component (#{options.inspect}): "
result = yield
logger.info "\n\nEnd of component rendering"
result
else
yield
end
end
def set_session_options_with_components(request)
set_session_options_without_components(request) unless component_request?
end
def process_cleanup_with_components
process_cleanup_without_components unless component_request?
end
end
end
end

View file

@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
module ActionController #:nodoc:
# Cookies are read and written through ActionController#cookies. The cookies being read are what were received along with the request,
# the cookies being written are what will be sent out with the response. Cookies are read by value (so you won't get the cookie object
# itself back -- just the value it holds). Examples for writing:
#
# cookies[:user_name] = "david" # => Will set a simple session cookie
# cookies[:login] = { :value => "XJ-122", :expires => 1.hour.from_now }
# # => Will set a cookie that expires in 1 hour
#
# Examples for reading:
#
# cookies[:user_name] # => "david"
# cookies.size # => 2
#
# Example for deleting:
#
# cookies.delete :user_name
#
# All the option symbols for setting cookies are:
#
# * <tt>value</tt> - the cookie's value or list of values (as an array).
# * <tt>path</tt> - the path for which this cookie applies. Defaults to the root of the application.
# * <tt>domain</tt> - the domain for which this cookie applies.
# * <tt>expires</tt> - the time at which this cookie expires, as a +Time+ object.
# * <tt>secure</tt> - whether this cookie is a secure cookie or not (default to false).
# Secure cookies are only transmitted to HTTPS servers.
# * <tt>http_only</tt> - whether this cookie is accessible via scripting or only HTTP (defaults to false).
module Cookies
def self.included(base)
base.helper_method :cookies
end
protected
# Returns the cookie container, which operates as described above.
def cookies
CookieJar.new(self)
end
end
class CookieJar < Hash #:nodoc:
def initialize(controller)
@controller, @cookies = controller, controller.request.cookies
super()
update(@cookies)
end
# Returns the value of the cookie by +name+ -- or nil if no such cookie exists. You set new cookies using cookies[]=
# (for simple name/value cookies without options).
def [](name)
cookie = @cookies[name.to_s]
if cookie && cookie.respond_to?(:value)
cookie.size > 1 ? cookie.value : cookie.value[0]
end
end
def []=(name, options)
if options.is_a?(Hash)
options = options.inject({}) { |options, pair| options[pair.first.to_s] = pair.last; options }
options["name"] = name.to_s
else
options = { "name" => name.to_s, "value" => options }
end
set_cookie(options)
end
# Removes the cookie on the client machine by setting the value to an empty string
# and setting its expiration date into the past. Like []=, you can pass in an options
# hash to delete cookies with extra data such as a +path+.
def delete(name, options = {})
options.stringify_keys!
set_cookie(options.merge("name" => name.to_s, "value" => "", "expires" => Time.at(0)))
end
private
def set_cookie(options) #:doc:
options["path"] = "/" unless options["path"]
cookie = CGI::Cookie.new(options)
@controller.logger.info "Cookie set: #{cookie}" unless @controller.logger.nil?
@controller.response.headers["cookie"] << cookie
end
end
end

View file

@ -0,0 +1,195 @@
module ActionController
# Dispatches requests to the appropriate controller and takes care of
# reloading the app after each request when Dependencies.load? is true.
class Dispatcher
class << self
# Backward-compatible class method takes CGI-specific args. Deprecated
# in favor of Dispatcher.new(output, request, response).dispatch.
def dispatch(cgi = nil, session_options = CgiRequest::DEFAULT_SESSION_OPTIONS, output = $stdout)
new(output).dispatch_cgi(cgi, session_options)
end
# Declare a block to be called before each dispatch.
# Run in the order declared.
def before_dispatch(*method_names, &block)
callbacks[:before].concat method_names
callbacks[:before] << block if block_given?
end
# Declare a block to be called after each dispatch.
# Run in reverse of the order declared.
def after_dispatch(*method_names, &block)
callbacks[:after].concat method_names
callbacks[:after] << block if block_given?
end
# Add a preparation callback. Preparation callbacks are run before every
# request in development mode, and before the first request in production
# mode.
#
# An optional identifier may be supplied for the callback. If provided,
# to_prepare may be called again with the same identifier to replace the
# existing callback. Passing an identifier is a suggested practice if the
# code adding a preparation block may be reloaded.
def to_prepare(identifier = nil, &block)
# Already registered: update the existing callback
if identifier
if callback = callbacks[:prepare].assoc(identifier)
callback[1] = block
else
callbacks[:prepare] << [identifier, block]
end
else
callbacks[:prepare] << block
end
end
# If the block raises, send status code as a last-ditch response.
def failsafe_response(fallback_output, status, originating_exception = nil)
yield
rescue Exception => exception
begin
log_failsafe_exception(status, originating_exception || exception)
body = failsafe_response_body(status)
fallback_output.write "Status: #{status}\r\nContent-Type: text/html\r\n\r\n#{body}"
nil
rescue Exception => failsafe_error # Logger or IO errors
$stderr.puts "Error during failsafe response: #{failsafe_error}"
$stderr.puts "(originally #{originating_exception})" if originating_exception
end
end
private
def failsafe_response_body(status)
error_path = "#{error_file_path}/#{status.to_s[0..3]}.html"
if File.exist?(error_path)
File.read(error_path)
else
"<html><body><h1>#{status}</h1></body></html>"
end
end
def log_failsafe_exception(status, exception)
message = "/!\\ FAILSAFE /!\\ #{Time.now}\n Status: #{status}\n"
message << " #{exception}\n #{exception.backtrace.join("\n ")}" if exception
failsafe_logger.fatal message
end
def failsafe_logger
if defined?(::RAILS_DEFAULT_LOGGER) && !::RAILS_DEFAULT_LOGGER.nil?
::RAILS_DEFAULT_LOGGER
else
Logger.new($stderr)
end
end
end
cattr_accessor :error_file_path
self.error_file_path = "#{::RAILS_ROOT}/public" if defined? ::RAILS_ROOT
cattr_accessor :callbacks
self.callbacks = Hash.new { |h, k| h[k] = [] }
cattr_accessor :unprepared
self.unprepared = true
before_dispatch :reload_application
before_dispatch :prepare_application
after_dispatch :flush_logger
after_dispatch :cleanup_application
if defined? ActiveRecord
to_prepare :activerecord_instantiate_observers do
ActiveRecord::Base.instantiate_observers
end
end
def initialize(output, request = nil, response = nil)
@output, @request, @response = output, request, response
end
def dispatch
run_callbacks :before
handle_request
rescue Exception => exception
failsafe_rescue exception
ensure
run_callbacks :after, :reverse_each
end
def dispatch_cgi(cgi, session_options)
if cgi ||= self.class.failsafe_response(@output, '400 Bad Request') { CGI.new }
@request = CgiRequest.new(cgi, session_options)
@response = CgiResponse.new(cgi)
dispatch
end
rescue Exception => exception
failsafe_rescue exception
end
def reload_application
if Dependencies.load?
Routing::Routes.reload
self.unprepared = true
end
end
def prepare_application(force = false)
begin
require_dependency 'application' unless defined?(::ApplicationController)
rescue LoadError => error
raise unless error.message =~ /application\.rb/
end
ActiveRecord::Base.verify_active_connections! if defined?(ActiveRecord)
if unprepared || force
run_callbacks :prepare
self.unprepared = false
end
end
# Cleanup the application by clearing out loaded classes so they can
# be reloaded on the next request without restarting the server.
def cleanup_application(force = false)
if Dependencies.load? || force
ActiveRecord::Base.reset_subclasses if defined?(ActiveRecord)
Dependencies.clear
ActiveRecord::Base.clear_reloadable_connections! if defined?(ActiveRecord)
end
end
def flush_logger
RAILS_DEFAULT_LOGGER.flush if defined?(RAILS_DEFAULT_LOGGER) && RAILS_DEFAULT_LOGGER.respond_to?(:flush)
end
protected
def handle_request
@controller = Routing::Routes.recognize(@request)
@controller.process(@request, @response).out(@output)
end
def run_callbacks(kind, enumerator = :each)
callbacks[kind].send!(enumerator) do |callback|
case callback
when Proc; callback.call(self)
when String, Symbol; send!(callback)
when Array; callback[1].call(self)
else raise ArgumentError, "Unrecognized callback #{callback.inspect}"
end
end
end
def failsafe_rescue(exception)
self.class.failsafe_response(@output, '500 Internal Server Error', exception) do
if @controller ||= defined?(::ApplicationController) ? ::ApplicationController : Base
@controller.process_with_exception(@request, @response, exception).out(@output)
else
raise exception
end
end
end
end
end

View file

@ -0,0 +1,767 @@
module ActionController #:nodoc:
module Filters #:nodoc:
def self.included(base)
base.class_eval do
extend ClassMethods
include ActionController::Filters::InstanceMethods
end
end
# Filters enable controllers to run shared pre- and post-processing code for its actions. These filters can be used to do
# authentication, caching, or auditing before the intended action is performed. Or to do localization or output
# compression after the action has been performed. Filters have access to the request, response, and all the instance
# variables set by other filters in the chain or by the action (in the case of after filters).
#
# == Filter inheritance
#
# Controller inheritance hierarchies share filters downwards, but subclasses can also add or skip filters without
# affecting the superclass. For example:
#
# class BankController < ActionController::Base
# before_filter :audit
#
# private
# def audit
# # record the action and parameters in an audit log
# end
# end
#
# class VaultController < BankController
# before_filter :verify_credentials
#
# private
# def verify_credentials
# # make sure the user is allowed into the vault
# end
# end
#
# Now any actions performed on the BankController will have the audit method called before. On the VaultController,
# first the audit method is called, then the verify_credentials method. If the audit method renders or redirects, then
# verify_credentials and the intended action are never called.
#
# == Filter types
#
# A filter can take one of three forms: method reference (symbol), external class, or inline method (proc). The first
# is the most common and works by referencing a protected or private method somewhere in the inheritance hierarchy of
# the controller by use of a symbol. In the bank example above, both BankController and VaultController use this form.
#
# Using an external class makes for more easily reused generic filters, such as output compression. External filter classes
# are implemented by having a static +filter+ method on any class and then passing this class to the filter method. Example:
#
# class OutputCompressionFilter
# def self.filter(controller)
# controller.response.body = compress(controller.response.body)
# end
# end
#
# class NewspaperController < ActionController::Base
# after_filter OutputCompressionFilter
# end
#
# The filter method is passed the controller instance and is hence granted access to all aspects of the controller and can
# manipulate them as it sees fit.
#
# The inline method (using a proc) can be used to quickly do something small that doesn't require a lot of explanation.
# Or just as a quick test. It works like this:
#
# class WeblogController < ActionController::Base
# before_filter { |controller| head(400) if controller.params["stop_action"] }
# end
#
# As you can see, the block expects to be passed the controller after it has assigned the request to the internal variables.
# This means that the block has access to both the request and response objects complete with convenience methods for params,
# session, template, and assigns. Note: The inline method doesn't strictly have to be a block; any object that responds to call
# and returns 1 or -1 on arity will do (such as a Proc or an Method object).
#
# Please note that around_filters function a little differently than the normal before and after filters with regard to filter
# types. Please see the section dedicated to around_filters below.
#
# == Filter chain ordering
#
# Using <tt>before_filter</tt> and <tt>after_filter</tt> appends the specified filters to the existing chain. That's usually
# just fine, but some times you care more about the order in which the filters are executed. When that's the case, you
# can use <tt>prepend_before_filter</tt> and <tt>prepend_after_filter</tt>. Filters added by these methods will be put at the
# beginning of their respective chain and executed before the rest. For example:
#
# class ShoppingController < ActionController::Base
# before_filter :verify_open_shop
#
# class CheckoutController < ShoppingController
# prepend_before_filter :ensure_items_in_cart, :ensure_items_in_stock
#
# The filter chain for the CheckoutController is now <tt>:ensure_items_in_cart, :ensure_items_in_stock,</tt>
# <tt>:verify_open_shop</tt>. So if either of the ensure filters renders or redirects, we'll never get around to see if the shop
# is open or not.
#
# You may pass multiple filter arguments of each type as well as a filter block.
# If a block is given, it is treated as the last argument.
#
# == Around filters
#
# Around filters wrap an action, executing code both before and after.
# They may be declared as method references, blocks, or objects responding
# to #filter or to both #before and #after.
#
# To use a method as an around_filter, pass a symbol naming the Ruby method.
# Yield (or block.call) within the method to run the action.
#
# around_filter :catch_exceptions
#
# private
# def catch_exceptions
# yield
# rescue => exception
# logger.debug "Caught exception! #{exception}"
# raise
# end
#
# To use a block as an around_filter, pass a block taking as args both
# the controller and the action block. You can't call yield directly from
# an around_filter block; explicitly call the action block instead:
#
# around_filter do |controller, action|
# logger.debug "before #{controller.action_name}"
# action.call
# logger.debug "after #{controller.action_name}"
# end
#
# To use a filter object with around_filter, pass an object responding
# to :filter or both :before and :after. With a filter method, yield to
# the block as above:
#
# around_filter BenchmarkingFilter
#
# class BenchmarkingFilter
# def self.filter(controller, &block)
# Benchmark.measure(&block)
# end
# end
#
# With before and after methods:
#
# around_filter Authorizer.new
#
# class Authorizer
# # This will run before the action. Redirecting aborts the action.
# def before(controller)
# unless user.authorized?
# redirect_to(login_url)
# end
# end
#
# # This will run after the action if and only if before did not render or redirect.
# def after(controller)
# end
# end
#
# If the filter has before and after methods, the before method will be
# called before the action. If before renders or redirects, the filter chain is
# halted and after will not be run. See Filter Chain Halting below for
# an example.
#
# == Filter chain skipping
#
# Declaring a filter on a base class conveniently applies to its subclasses,
# but sometimes a subclass should skip some of its superclass' filters:
#
# class ApplicationController < ActionController::Base
# before_filter :authenticate
# around_filter :catch_exceptions
# end
#
# class WeblogController < ApplicationController
# # Will run the :authenticate and :catch_exceptions filters.
# end
#
# class SignupController < ApplicationController
# # Skip :authenticate, run :catch_exceptions.
# skip_before_filter :authenticate
# end
#
# class ProjectsController < ApplicationController
# # Skip :catch_exceptions, run :authenticate.
# skip_filter :catch_exceptions
# end
#
# class ClientsController < ApplicationController
# # Skip :catch_exceptions and :authenticate unless action is index.
# skip_filter :catch_exceptions, :authenticate, :except => :index
# end
#
# == Filter conditions
#
# Filters may be limited to specific actions by declaring the actions to
# include or exclude. Both options accept single actions (:only => :index)
# or arrays of actions (:except => [:foo, :bar]).
#
# class Journal < ActionController::Base
# # Require authentication for edit and delete.
# before_filter :authorize, :only => [:edit, :delete]
#
# # Passing options to a filter with a block.
# around_filter(:except => :index) do |controller, action_block|
# results = Profiler.run(&action_block)
# controller.response.sub! "</body>", "#{results}</body>"
# end
#
# private
# def authorize
# # Redirect to login unless authenticated.
# end
# end
#
# == Filter Chain Halting
#
# <tt>before_filter</tt> and <tt>around_filter</tt> may halt the request
# before a controller action is run. This is useful, for example, to deny
# access to unauthenticated users or to redirect from http to https.
# Simply call render or redirect. After filters will not be executed if the filter
# chain is halted.
#
# Around filters halt the request unless the action block is called.
# Given these filters
# after_filter :after
# around_filter :around
# before_filter :before
#
# The filter chain will look like:
#
# ...
# . \
# . #around (code before yield)
# . . \
# . . #before (actual filter code is run)
# . . . \
# . . . execute controller action
# . . . /
# . . ...
# . . /
# . #around (code after yield)
# . /
# #after (actual filter code is run, unless the around filter does not yield)
#
# If #around returns before yielding, #after will still not be run. The #before
# filter and controller action will not be run. If #before renders or redirects,
# the second half of #around and will still run but #after and the
# action will not. If #around fails to yield, #after will not be run.
module ClassMethods
# The passed <tt>filters</tt> will be appended to the filter_chain and
# will execute before the action on this controller is performed.
def append_before_filter(*filters, &block)
append_filter_to_chain(filters, :before, &block)
end
# The passed <tt>filters</tt> will be prepended to the filter_chain and
# will execute before the action on this controller is performed.
def prepend_before_filter(*filters, &block)
prepend_filter_to_chain(filters, :before, &block)
end
# Shorthand for append_before_filter since it's the most common.
alias :before_filter :append_before_filter
# The passed <tt>filters</tt> will be appended to the array of filters
# that run _after_ actions on this controller are performed.
def append_after_filter(*filters, &block)
append_filter_to_chain(filters, :after, &block)
end
# The passed <tt>filters</tt> will be prepended to the array of filters
# that run _after_ actions on this controller are performed.
def prepend_after_filter(*filters, &block)
prepend_filter_to_chain(filters, :after, &block)
end
# Shorthand for append_after_filter since it's the most common.
alias :after_filter :append_after_filter
# If you append_around_filter A.new, B.new, the filter chain looks like
#
# B#before
# A#before
# # run the action
# A#after
# B#after
#
# With around filters which yield to the action block, #before and #after
# are the code before and after the yield.
def append_around_filter(*filters, &block)
filters, conditions = extract_conditions(filters, &block)
filters.map { |f| proxy_before_and_after_filter(f) }.each do |filter|
append_filter_to_chain([filter, conditions])
end
end
# If you prepend_around_filter A.new, B.new, the filter chain looks like:
#
# A#before
# B#before
# # run the action
# B#after
# A#after
#
# With around filters which yield to the action block, #before and #after
# are the code before and after the yield.
def prepend_around_filter(*filters, &block)
filters, conditions = extract_conditions(filters, &block)
filters.map { |f| proxy_before_and_after_filter(f) }.each do |filter|
prepend_filter_to_chain([filter, conditions])
end
end
# Shorthand for append_around_filter since it's the most common.
alias :around_filter :append_around_filter
# Removes the specified filters from the +before+ filter chain. Note that this only works for skipping method-reference
# filters, not procs. This is especially useful for managing the chain in inheritance hierarchies where only one out
# of many sub-controllers need a different hierarchy.
#
# You can control the actions to skip the filter for with the <tt>:only</tt> and <tt>:except</tt> options,
# just like when you apply the filters.
def skip_before_filter(*filters)
skip_filter_in_chain(*filters, &:before?)
end
# Removes the specified filters from the +after+ filter chain. Note that this only works for skipping method-reference
# filters, not procs. This is especially useful for managing the chain in inheritance hierarchies where only one out
# of many sub-controllers need a different hierarchy.
#
# You can control the actions to skip the filter for with the <tt>:only</tt> and <tt>:except</tt> options,
# just like when you apply the filters.
def skip_after_filter(*filters)
skip_filter_in_chain(*filters, &:after?)
end
# Removes the specified filters from the filter chain. This only works for method reference (symbol)
# filters, not procs. This method is different from skip_after_filter and skip_before_filter in that
# it will match any before, after or yielding around filter.
#
# You can control the actions to skip the filter for with the <tt>:only</tt> and <tt>:except</tt> options,
# just like when you apply the filters.
def skip_filter(*filters)
skip_filter_in_chain(*filters)
end
# Returns an array of Filter objects for this controller.
def filter_chain
read_inheritable_attribute("filter_chain") || []
end
# Returns all the before filters for this class and all its ancestors.
# This method returns the actual filter that was assigned in the controller to maintain existing functionality.
def before_filters #:nodoc:
filter_chain.select(&:before?).map(&:filter)
end
# Returns all the after filters for this class and all its ancestors.
# This method returns the actual filter that was assigned in the controller to maintain existing functionality.
def after_filters #:nodoc:
filter_chain.select(&:after?).map(&:filter)
end
# Returns a mapping between filters and the actions that may run them.
def included_actions #:nodoc:
@included_actions ||= read_inheritable_attribute("included_actions") || {}
end
# Returns a mapping between filters and actions that may not run them.
def excluded_actions #:nodoc:
@excluded_actions ||= read_inheritable_attribute("excluded_actions") || {}
end
# Find a filter in the filter_chain where the filter method matches the _filter_ param
# and (optionally) the passed block evaluates to true (mostly used for testing before?
# and after? on the filter). Useful for symbol filters.
#
# The object of type Filter is passed to the block when yielded, not the filter itself.
def find_filter(filter, &block) #:nodoc:
filter_chain.select { |f| f.filter == filter && (!block_given? || yield(f)) }.first
end
# Returns true if the filter is excluded from the given action
def filter_excluded_from_action?(filter,action) #:nodoc:
case
when ia = included_actions[filter]
!ia.include?(action)
when ea = excluded_actions[filter]
ea.include?(action)
end
end
# Filter class is an abstract base class for all filters. Handles all of the included/excluded actions but
# contains no logic for calling the actual filters.
class Filter #:nodoc:
attr_reader :filter, :included_actions, :excluded_actions
def initialize(filter)
@filter = filter
end
def type
:around
end
def before?
type == :before
end
def after?
type == :after
end
def around?
type == :around
end
def run(controller)
raise ActionControllerError, 'No filter type: Nothing to do here.'
end
def call(controller, &block)
run(controller)
end
end
# Abstract base class for filter proxies. FilterProxy objects are meant to mimic the behaviour of the old
# before_filter and after_filter by moving the logic into the filter itself.
class FilterProxy < Filter #:nodoc:
def filter
@filter.filter
end
end
class BeforeFilterProxy < FilterProxy #:nodoc:
def type
:before
end
def run(controller)
# only filters returning false are halted.
@filter.call(controller)
if controller.send!(:performed?)
controller.send!(:halt_filter_chain, @filter, :rendered_or_redirected)
end
end
def call(controller)
yield unless run(controller)
end
end
class AfterFilterProxy < FilterProxy #:nodoc:
def type
:after
end
def run(controller)
@filter.call(controller)
end
def call(controller)
yield
run(controller)
end
end
class SymbolFilter < Filter #:nodoc:
def call(controller, &block)
controller.send!(@filter, &block)
end
end
class ProcFilter < Filter #:nodoc:
def call(controller)
@filter.call(controller)
rescue LocalJumpError # a yield from a proc... no no bad dog.
raise(ActionControllerError, 'Cannot yield from a Proc type filter. The Proc must take two arguments and execute #call on the second argument.')
end
end
class ProcWithCallFilter < Filter #:nodoc:
def call(controller, &block)
@filter.call(controller, block)
rescue LocalJumpError # a yield from a proc... no no bad dog.
raise(ActionControllerError, 'Cannot yield from a Proc type filter. The Proc must take two arguments and execute #call on the second argument.')
end
end
class MethodFilter < Filter #:nodoc:
def call(controller, &block)
@filter.call(controller, &block)
end
end
class ClassFilter < Filter #:nodoc:
def call(controller, &block)
@filter.filter(controller, &block)
end
end
class ClassBeforeFilter < Filter #:nodoc:
def call(controller, &block)
@filter.before(controller)
end
end
class ClassAfterFilter < Filter #:nodoc:
def call(controller, &block)
@filter.after(controller)
end
end
protected
def append_filter_to_chain(filters, filter_type = :around, &block)
pos = find_filter_append_position(filters, filter_type)
update_filter_chain(filters, filter_type, pos, &block)
end
def prepend_filter_to_chain(filters, filter_type = :around, &block)
pos = find_filter_prepend_position(filters, filter_type)
update_filter_chain(filters, filter_type, pos, &block)
end
def update_filter_chain(filters, filter_type, pos, &block)
new_filters = create_filters(filters, filter_type, &block)
new_chain = filter_chain.insert(pos, new_filters).flatten
write_inheritable_attribute('filter_chain', new_chain)
end
def find_filter_append_position(filters, filter_type)
# appending an after filter puts it at the end of the call chain
# before and around filters go before the first after filter in the chain
unless filter_type == :after
filter_chain.each_with_index do |f,i|
return i if f.after?
end
end
return -1
end
def find_filter_prepend_position(filters, filter_type)
# prepending a before or around filter puts it at the front of the call chain
# after filters go before the first after filter in the chain
if filter_type == :after
filter_chain.each_with_index do |f,i|
return i if f.after?
end
return -1
end
return 0
end
def create_filters(filters, filter_type, &block) #:nodoc:
filters, conditions = extract_conditions(filters, &block)
filters.map! { |filter| find_or_create_filter(filter, filter_type) }
update_conditions(filters, conditions)
filters
end
def find_or_create_filter(filter, filter_type)
if found_filter = find_filter(filter) { |f| f.type == filter_type }
found_filter
else
f = class_for_filter(filter, filter_type).new(filter)
# apply proxy to filter if necessary
case filter_type
when :before
BeforeFilterProxy.new(f)
when :after
AfterFilterProxy.new(f)
else
f
end
end
end
# The determination of the filter type was once done at run time.
# This method is here to extract as much logic from the filter run time as possible
def class_for_filter(filter, filter_type) #:nodoc:
case
when filter.is_a?(Symbol)
SymbolFilter
when filter.respond_to?(:call)
if filter.is_a?(Method)
MethodFilter
elsif filter.arity == 1
ProcFilter
else
ProcWithCallFilter
end
when filter.respond_to?(:filter)
ClassFilter
when filter.respond_to?(:before) && filter_type == :before
ClassBeforeFilter
when filter.respond_to?(:after) && filter_type == :after
ClassAfterFilter
else
raise(ActionControllerError, 'A filter must be a Symbol, Proc, Method, or object responding to filter, after or before.')
end
end
def extract_conditions(*filters, &block) #:nodoc:
filters.flatten!
conditions = filters.extract_options!
filters << block if block_given?
return filters, conditions
end
def update_conditions(filters, conditions)
return if conditions.empty?
if conditions[:only]
write_inheritable_hash('included_actions', condition_hash(filters, conditions[:only]))
elsif conditions[:except]
write_inheritable_hash('excluded_actions', condition_hash(filters, conditions[:except]))
end
end
def condition_hash(filters, *actions)
actions = actions.flatten.map(&:to_s)
filters.inject({}) { |h,f| h.update( f => (actions.blank? ? nil : actions)) }
end
def skip_filter_in_chain(*filters, &test) #:nodoc:
filters, conditions = extract_conditions(filters)
filters.map! { |f| block_given? ? find_filter(f, &test) : find_filter(f) }
filters.compact!
if conditions.empty?
delete_filters_in_chain(filters)
else
remove_actions_from_included_actions!(filters,conditions[:only] || [])
conditions[:only], conditions[:except] = conditions[:except], conditions[:only]
update_conditions(filters,conditions)
end
end
def remove_actions_from_included_actions!(filters,*actions)
actions = actions.flatten.map(&:to_s)
updated_hash = filters.inject(read_inheritable_attribute('included_actions')||{}) do |hash,filter|
ia = (hash[filter] || []) - actions
ia.empty? ? hash.delete(filter) : hash[filter] = ia
hash
end
write_inheritable_attribute('included_actions', updated_hash)
end
def delete_filters_in_chain(filters) #:nodoc:
write_inheritable_attribute('filter_chain', filter_chain.reject { |f| filters.include?(f) })
end
def filter_responds_to_before_and_after(filter) #:nodoc:
filter.respond_to?(:before) && filter.respond_to?(:after)
end
def proxy_before_and_after_filter(filter) #:nodoc:
return filter unless filter_responds_to_before_and_after(filter)
Proc.new do |controller, action|
filter.before(controller)
if controller.send!(:performed?)
controller.send!(:halt_filter_chain, filter, :rendered_or_redirected)
else
begin
action.call
ensure
filter.after(controller)
end
end
end
end
end
module InstanceMethods # :nodoc:
def self.included(base)
base.class_eval do
alias_method_chain :perform_action, :filters
alias_method_chain :process, :filters
end
end
protected
def process_with_filters(request, response, method = :perform_action, *arguments) #:nodoc:
@before_filter_chain_aborted = false
process_without_filters(request, response, method, *arguments)
end
def perform_action_with_filters
call_filters(self.class.filter_chain, 0, 0)
end
private
def call_filters(chain, index, nesting)
index = run_before_filters(chain, index, nesting)
aborted = @before_filter_chain_aborted
perform_action_without_filters unless performed? || aborted
return index if nesting != 0 || aborted
run_after_filters(chain, index)
end
def skip_excluded_filters(chain, index)
while (filter = chain[index]) && self.class.filter_excluded_from_action?(filter, action_name)
index = index.next
end
[filter, index]
end
def run_before_filters(chain, index, nesting)
while chain[index]
filter, index = skip_excluded_filters(chain, index)
break unless filter # end of call chain reached
case filter.type
when :before
filter.run(self) # invoke before filter
index = index.next
break if @before_filter_chain_aborted
when :around
yielded = false
filter.call(self) do
yielded = true
# all remaining before and around filters will be run in this call
index = call_filters(chain, index.next, nesting.next)
end
halt_filter_chain(filter, :did_not_yield) unless yielded
break
else
break # no before or around filters left
end
end
index
end
def run_after_filters(chain, index)
seen_after_filter = false
while chain[index]
filter, index = skip_excluded_filters(chain, index)
break unless filter # end of call chain reached
case filter.type
when :after
seen_after_filter = true
filter.run(self) # invoke after filter
else
# implementation error or someone has mucked with the filter chain
raise ActionControllerError, "filter #{filter.inspect} was in the wrong place!" if seen_after_filter
end
index = index.next
end
index.next
end
def halt_filter_chain(filter, reason)
@before_filter_chain_aborted = true
logger.info "Filter chain halted as [#{filter.inspect}] #{reason}." if logger
end
end
end
end

View file

@ -0,0 +1,177 @@
module ActionController #:nodoc:
# The flash provides a way to pass temporary objects between actions. Anything you place in the flash will be exposed
# to the very next action and then cleared out. This is a great way of doing notices and alerts, such as a create
# action that sets <tt>flash[:notice] = "Successfully created"</tt> before redirecting to a display action that can
# then expose the flash to its template. Actually, that exposure is automatically done. Example:
#
# class WeblogController < ActionController::Base
# def create
# # save post
# flash[:notice] = "Successfully created post"
# redirect_to :action => "display", :params => { :id => post.id }
# end
#
# def display
# # doesn't need to assign the flash notice to the template, that's done automatically
# end
# end
#
# display.erb
# <% if flash[:notice] %><div class="notice"><%= flash[:notice] %></div><% end %>
#
# This example just places a string in the flash, but you can put any object in there. And of course, you can put as
# many as you like at a time too. Just remember: They'll be gone by the time the next action has been performed.
#
# See docs on the FlashHash class for more details about the flash.
module Flash
def self.included(base)
base.class_eval do
include InstanceMethods
alias_method_chain :assign_shortcuts, :flash
alias_method_chain :process_cleanup, :flash
alias_method_chain :reset_session, :flash
end
end
class FlashNow #:nodoc:
def initialize(flash)
@flash = flash
end
def []=(k, v)
@flash[k] = v
@flash.discard(k)
v
end
def [](k)
@flash[k]
end
end
class FlashHash < Hash
def initialize #:nodoc:
super
@used = {}
end
def []=(k, v) #:nodoc:
keep(k)
super
end
def update(h) #:nodoc:
h.keys.each { |k| keep(k) }
super
end
alias :merge! :update
def replace(h) #:nodoc:
@used = {}
super
end
# Sets a flash that will not be available to the next action, only to the current.
#
# flash.now[:message] = "Hello current action"
#
# This method enables you to use the flash as a central messaging system in your app.
# When you need to pass an object to the next action, you use the standard flash assign (<tt>[]=</tt>).
# When you need to pass an object to the current action, you use <tt>now</tt>, and your object will
# vanish when the current action is done.
#
# Entries set via <tt>now</tt> are accessed the same way as standard entries: <tt>flash['my-key']</tt>.
def now
FlashNow.new(self)
end
# Keeps either the entire current flash or a specific flash entry available for the next action:
#
# flash.keep # keeps the entire flash
# flash.keep(:notice) # keeps only the "notice" entry, the rest of the flash is discarded
def keep(k = nil)
use(k, false)
end
# Marks the entire flash or a single flash entry to be discarded by the end of the current action:
#
# flash.discard # discard the entire flash at the end of the current action
# flash.discard(:warning) # discard only the "warning" entry at the end of the current action
def discard(k = nil)
use(k)
end
# Mark for removal entries that were kept, and delete unkept ones.
#
# This method is called automatically by filters, so you generally don't need to care about it.
def sweep #:nodoc:
keys.each do |k|
unless @used[k]
use(k)
else
delete(k)
@used.delete(k)
end
end
# clean up after keys that could have been left over by calling reject! or shift on the flash
(@used.keys - keys).each{ |k| @used.delete(k) }
end
private
# Used internally by the <tt>keep</tt> and <tt>discard</tt> methods
# use() # marks the entire flash as used
# use('msg') # marks the "msg" entry as used
# use(nil, false) # marks the entire flash as unused (keeps it around for one more action)
# use('msg', false) # marks the "msg" entry as unused (keeps it around for one more action)
def use(k=nil, v=true)
unless k.nil?
@used[k] = v
else
keys.each{ |key| use(key, v) }
end
end
end
module InstanceMethods #:nodoc:
protected
def reset_session_with_flash
reset_session_without_flash
remove_instance_variable(:@_flash)
flash(:refresh)
end
# Access the contents of the flash. Use <tt>flash["notice"]</tt> to read a notice you put there or
# <tt>flash["notice"] = "hello"</tt> to put a new one.
# Note that if sessions are disabled only flash.now will work.
def flash(refresh = false) #:doc:
if !defined?(@_flash) || refresh
@_flash =
if session.is_a?(Hash)
# don't put flash in session if disabled
FlashHash.new
else
# otherwise, session is a CGI::Session or a TestSession
# so make sure it gets retrieved from/saved to session storage after request processing
session["flash"] ||= FlashHash.new
end
end
@_flash
end
private
def assign_shortcuts_with_flash(request, response) #:nodoc:
assign_shortcuts_without_flash(request, response)
flash(:refresh)
end
def process_cleanup_with_flash
flash.sweep if @_session
process_cleanup_without_flash
end
end
end
end

View file

@ -0,0 +1,204 @@
# FIXME: helper { ... } is broken on Ruby 1.9
module ActionController #:nodoc:
module Helpers #:nodoc:
HELPERS_DIR = (defined?(RAILS_ROOT) ? "#{RAILS_ROOT}/app/helpers" : "app/helpers")
def self.included(base)
# Initialize the base module to aggregate its helpers.
base.class_inheritable_accessor :master_helper_module
base.master_helper_module = Module.new
# Extend base with class methods to declare helpers.
base.extend(ClassMethods)
base.class_eval do
# Wrap inherited to create a new master helper module for subclasses.
class << self
alias_method_chain :inherited, :helper
end
end
end
# The Rails framework provides a large number of helpers for working with +assets+, +dates+, +forms+,
# +numbers+ and +ActiveRecord+ objects, to name a few. These helpers are available to all templates
# by default.
#
# In addition to using the standard template helpers provided in the Rails framework, creating custom helpers to
# extract complicated logic or reusable functionality is strongly encouraged. By default, the controller will
# include a helper whose name matches that of the controller, e.g., <tt>MyController</tt> will automatically
# include <tt>MyHelper</tt>.
#
# Additional helpers can be specified using the +helper+ class method in <tt>ActionController::Base</tt> or any
# controller which inherits from it.
#
# ==== Examples
# The +to_s+ method from the +Time+ class can be wrapped in a helper method to display a custom message if
# the Time object is blank:
#
# module FormattedTimeHelper
# def format_time(time, format=:long, blank_message="&nbsp;")
# time.blank? ? blank_message : time.to_s(format)
# end
# end
#
# +FormattedTimeHelper+ can now be included in a controller, using the +helper+ class method:
#
# class EventsController < ActionController::Base
# helper FormattedTimeHelper
# def index
# @events = Event.find(:all)
# end
# end
#
# Then, in any view rendered by <tt>EventController</tt>, the <tt>format_time</tt> method can be called:
#
# <% @events.each do |event| -%>
# <p>
# <% format_time(event.time, :short, "N/A") %> | <%= event.name %>
# </p>
# <% end -%>
#
# Finally, assuming we have two event instances, one which has a time and one which does not,
# the output might look like this:
#
# 23 Aug 11:30 | Carolina Railhawks Soccer Match
# N/A | Carolina Railhaws Training Workshop
#
module ClassMethods
# Makes all the (instance) methods in the helper module available to templates rendered through this controller.
# See ActionView::Helpers (link:classes/ActionView/Helpers.html) for more about making your own helper modules
# available to the templates.
def add_template_helper(helper_module) #:nodoc:
master_helper_module.module_eval { include helper_module }
end
# The +helper+ class method can take a series of helper module names, a block, or both.
#
# * <tt>*args</tt>: One or more +Modules+, +Strings+ or +Symbols+, or the special symbol <tt>:all</tt>.
# * <tt>&block</tt>: A block defining helper methods.
#
# ==== Examples
# When the argument is a +String+ or +Symbol+, the method will provide the "_helper" suffix, require the file
# and include the module in the template class. The second form illustrates how to include custom helpers
# when working with namespaced controllers, or other cases where the file containing the helper definition is not
# in one of Rails' standard load paths:
# helper :foo # => requires 'foo_helper' and includes FooHelper
# helper 'resources/foo' # => requires 'resources/foo_helper' and includes Resources::FooHelper
#
# When the argument is a +Module+, it will be included directly in the template class.
# helper FooHelper # => includes FooHelper
#
# When the argument is the symbol <tt>:all</tt>, the controller will include all helpers from
# <tt>app/helpers/**/*.rb</tt> under +RAILS_ROOT+.
# helper :all
#
# Additionally, the +helper+ class method can receive and evaluate a block, making the methods defined available
# to the template.
# # One line
# helper { def hello() "Hello, world!" end }
# # Multi-line
# helper do
# def foo(bar)
# "#{bar} is the very best"
# end
# end
#
# Finally, all the above styles can be mixed together, and the +helper+ method can be invoked with a mix of
# +symbols+, +strings+, +modules+ and blocks.
# helper(:three, BlindHelper) { def mice() 'mice' end }
#
def helper(*args, &block)
args.flatten.each do |arg|
case arg
when Module
add_template_helper(arg)
when :all
helper(all_application_helpers)
when String, Symbol
file_name = arg.to_s.underscore + '_helper'
class_name = file_name.camelize
begin
require_dependency(file_name)
rescue LoadError => load_error
requiree = / -- (.*?)(\.rb)?$/.match(load_error.message).to_a[1]
if requiree == file_name
msg = "Missing helper file helpers/#{file_name}.rb"
raise LoadError.new(msg).copy_blame!(load_error)
else
raise
end
end
add_template_helper(class_name.constantize)
else
raise ArgumentError, "helper expects String, Symbol, or Module argument (was: #{args.inspect})"
end
end
# Evaluate block in template class if given.
master_helper_module.module_eval(&block) if block_given?
end
# Declare a controller method as a helper. For example, the following
# makes the +current_user+ controller method available to the view:
# class ApplicationController < ActionController::Base
# helper_method :current_user
# def current_user
# @current_user ||= User.find(session[:user])
# end
# end
def helper_method(*methods)
methods.flatten.each do |method|
master_helper_module.module_eval <<-end_eval
def #{method}(*args, &block)
controller.send(%(#{method}), *args, &block)
end
end_eval
end
end
# Declares helper accessors for controller attributes. For example, the
# following adds new +name+ and <tt>name=</tt> instance methods to a
# controller and makes them available to the view:
# helper_attr :name
# attr_accessor :name
def helper_attr(*attrs)
attrs.flatten.each { |attr| helper_method(attr, "#{attr}=") }
end
private
def default_helper_module!
unless name.blank?
module_name = name.sub(/Controller$|$/, 'Helper')
module_path = module_name.split('::').map { |m| m.underscore }.join('/')
require_dependency module_path
helper module_name.constantize
end
rescue MissingSourceFile => e
raise unless e.is_missing? module_path
rescue NameError => e
raise unless e.missing_name? module_name
end
def inherited_with_helper(child)
inherited_without_helper(child)
begin
child.master_helper_module = Module.new
child.master_helper_module.send! :include, master_helper_module
child.send! :default_helper_module!
rescue MissingSourceFile => e
raise unless e.is_missing?("helpers/#{child.controller_path}_helper")
end
end
# Extract helper names from files in app/helpers/**/*.rb
def all_application_helpers
extract = /^#{Regexp.quote(HELPERS_DIR)}\/?(.*)_helper.rb$/
Dir["#{HELPERS_DIR}/**/*_helper.rb"].map { |file| file.sub extract, '\1' }
end
end
end
end

View file

@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
require 'base64'
module ActionController
module HttpAuthentication
# Makes it dead easy to do HTTP Basic authentication.
#
# Simple Basic example:
#
# class PostsController < ApplicationController
# USER_NAME, PASSWORD = "dhh", "secret"
#
# before_filter :authenticate, :except => [ :index ]
#
# def index
# render :text => "Everyone can see me!"
# end
#
# def edit
# render :text => "I'm only accessible if you know the password"
# end
#
# private
# def authenticate
# authenticate_or_request_with_http_basic do |user_name, password|
# user_name == USER_NAME && password == PASSWORD
# end
# end
# end
#
#
# Here is a more advanced Basic example where only Atom feeds and the XML API is protected by HTTP authentication,
# the regular HTML interface is protected by a session approach:
#
# class ApplicationController < ActionController::Base
# before_filter :set_account, :authenticate
#
# protected
# def set_account
# @account = Account.find_by_url_name(request.subdomains.first)
# end
#
# def authenticate
# case request.format
# when Mime::XML, Mime::ATOM
# if user = authenticate_with_http_basic { |u, p| @account.users.authenticate(u, p) }
# @current_user = user
# else
# request_http_basic_authentication
# end
# else
# if session_authenticated?
# @current_user = @account.users.find(session[:authenticated][:user_id])
# else
# redirect_to(login_url) and return false
# end
# end
# end
# end
#
#
# In your integration tests, you can do something like this:
#
# def test_access_granted_from_xml
# get(
# "/notes/1.xml", nil,
# :authorization => ActionController::HttpAuthentication::Basic.encode_credentials(users(:dhh).name, users(:dhh).password)
# )
#
# assert_equal 200, status
# end
#
#
# On shared hosts, Apache sometimes doesn't pass authentication headers to
# FCGI instances. If your environment matches this description and you cannot
# authenticate, try this rule in public/.htaccess (replace the plain one):
#
# RewriteRule ^(.*)$ dispatch.fcgi [E=X-HTTP_AUTHORIZATION:%{HTTP:Authorization},QSA,L]
module Basic
extend self
module ControllerMethods
def authenticate_or_request_with_http_basic(realm = "Application", &login_procedure)
authenticate_with_http_basic(&login_procedure) || request_http_basic_authentication(realm)
end
def authenticate_with_http_basic(&login_procedure)
HttpAuthentication::Basic.authenticate(self, &login_procedure)
end
def request_http_basic_authentication(realm = "Application")
HttpAuthentication::Basic.authentication_request(self, realm)
end
end
def authenticate(controller, &login_procedure)
unless authorization(controller.request).blank?
login_procedure.call(*user_name_and_password(controller.request))
end
end
def user_name_and_password(request)
decode_credentials(request).split(/:/, 2)
end
def authorization(request)
request.env['HTTP_AUTHORIZATION'] ||
request.env['X-HTTP_AUTHORIZATION'] ||
request.env['X_HTTP_AUTHORIZATION'] ||
request.env['REDIRECT_X_HTTP_AUTHORIZATION']
end
def decode_credentials(request)
Base64.decode64(authorization(request).split.last || '')
end
def encode_credentials(user_name, password)
"Basic #{Base64.encode64("#{user_name}:#{password}")}"
end
def authentication_request(controller, realm)
controller.headers["WWW-Authenticate"] = %(Basic realm="#{realm.gsub(/"/, "")}")
controller.send! :render, :text => "HTTP Basic: Access denied.\n", :status => :unauthorized
end
end
end
end

View file

@ -0,0 +1,581 @@
require 'dispatcher'
require 'stringio'
require 'uri'
require 'action_controller/test_process'
module ActionController
module Integration #:nodoc:
# An integration Session instance represents a set of requests and responses
# performed sequentially by some virtual user. Becase you can instantiate
# multiple sessions and run them side-by-side, you can also mimic (to some
# limited extent) multiple simultaneous users interacting with your system.
#
# Typically, you will instantiate a new session using IntegrationTest#open_session,
# rather than instantiating Integration::Session directly.
class Session
include Test::Unit::Assertions
include ActionController::Assertions
include ActionController::TestProcess
# The integer HTTP status code of the last request.
attr_reader :status
# The status message that accompanied the status code of the last request.
attr_reader :status_message
# The URI of the last request.
attr_reader :path
# The hostname used in the last request.
attr_accessor :host
# The remote_addr used in the last request.
attr_accessor :remote_addr
# The Accept header to send.
attr_accessor :accept
# A map of the cookies returned by the last response, and which will be
# sent with the next request.
attr_reader :cookies
# A map of the headers returned by the last response.
attr_reader :headers
# A reference to the controller instance used by the last request.
attr_reader :controller
# A reference to the request instance used by the last request.
attr_reader :request
# A reference to the response instance used by the last request.
attr_reader :response
# A running counter of the number of requests processed.
attr_accessor :request_count
# Create and initialize a new +Session+ instance.
def initialize
reset!
end
# Resets the instance. This can be used to reset the state information
# in an existing session instance, so it can be used from a clean-slate
# condition.
#
# session.reset!
def reset!
@status = @path = @headers = nil
@result = @status_message = nil
@https = false
@cookies = {}
@controller = @request = @response = nil
@request_count = 0
self.host = "www.example.com"
self.remote_addr = "127.0.0.1"
self.accept = "text/xml,application/xml,application/xhtml+xml,text/html;q=0.9,text/plain;q=0.8,image/png,*/*;q=0.5"
unless defined? @named_routes_configured
# install the named routes in this session instance.
klass = class<<self; self; end
Routing::Routes.install_helpers(klass)
# the helpers are made protected by default--we make them public for
# easier access during testing and troubleshooting.
klass.module_eval { public *Routing::Routes.named_routes.helpers }
@named_routes_configured = true
end
end
# Specify whether or not the session should mimic a secure HTTPS request.
#
# session.https!
# session.https!(false)
def https!(flag=true)
@https = flag
end
# Return +true+ if the session is mimicing a secure HTTPS request.
#
# if session.https?
# ...
# end
def https?
@https
end
# Set the host name to use in the next request.
#
# session.host! "www.example.com"
def host!(name)
@host = name
end
# Follow a single redirect response. If the last response was not a
# redirect, an exception will be raised. Otherwise, the redirect is
# performed on the location header.
def follow_redirect!
raise "not a redirect! #{@status} #{@status_message}" unless redirect?
get(interpret_uri(headers['location'].first))
status
end
# Performs a request using the specified method, following any subsequent
# redirect. Note that the redirects are followed until the response is
# not a redirect--this means you may run into an infinite loop if your
# redirect loops back to itself.
def request_via_redirect(http_method, path, parameters = nil, headers = nil)
send(http_method, path, parameters, headers)
follow_redirect! while redirect?
status
end
# Performs a GET request, following any subsequent redirect.
# See #request_via_redirect() for more information.
def get_via_redirect(path, parameters = nil, headers = nil)
request_via_redirect(:get, path, parameters, headers)
end
# Performs a POST request, following any subsequent redirect.
# See #request_via_redirect() for more information.
def post_via_redirect(path, parameters = nil, headers = nil)
request_via_redirect(:post, path, parameters, headers)
end
# Performs a PUT request, following any subsequent redirect.
# See #request_via_redirect() for more information.
def put_via_redirect(path, parameters = nil, headers = nil)
request_via_redirect(:put, path, parameters, headers)
end
# Performs a DELETE request, following any subsequent redirect.
# See #request_via_redirect() for more information.
def delete_via_redirect(path, parameters = nil, headers = nil)
request_via_redirect(:delete, path, parameters, headers)
end
# Returns +true+ if the last response was a redirect.
def redirect?
status/100 == 3
end
# Performs a GET request with the given parameters. The parameters may
# be +nil+, a Hash, or a string that is appropriately encoded
# (application/x-www-form-urlencoded or multipart/form-data). The headers
# should be a hash. The keys will automatically be upcased, with the
# prefix 'HTTP_' added if needed.
#
# You can also perform POST, PUT, DELETE, and HEAD requests with #post,
# #put, #delete, and #head.
def get(path, parameters = nil, headers = nil)
process :get, path, parameters, headers
end
# Performs a POST request with the given parameters. See get() for more details.
def post(path, parameters = nil, headers = nil)
process :post, path, parameters, headers
end
# Performs a PUT request with the given parameters. See get() for more details.
def put(path, parameters = nil, headers = nil)
process :put, path, parameters, headers
end
# Performs a DELETE request with the given parameters. See get() for more details.
def delete(path, parameters = nil, headers = nil)
process :delete, path, parameters, headers
end
# Performs a HEAD request with the given parameters. See get() for more details.
def head(path, parameters = nil, headers = nil)
process :head, path, parameters, headers
end
# Performs an XMLHttpRequest request with the given parameters, mirroring
# a request from the Prototype library.
#
# The request_method is :get, :post, :put, :delete or :head; the
# parameters are +nil+, a hash, or a url-encoded or multipart string;
# the headers are a hash. Keys are automatically upcased and prefixed
# with 'HTTP_' if not already.
def xml_http_request(request_method, path, parameters = nil, headers = nil)
headers ||= {}
headers['X-Requested-With'] = 'XMLHttpRequest'
headers['Accept'] ||= 'text/javascript, text/html, application/xml, text/xml, */*'
process(request_method, path, parameters, headers)
end
alias xhr :xml_http_request
# Returns the URL for the given options, according to the rules specified
# in the application's routes.
def url_for(options)
controller ? controller.url_for(options) : generic_url_rewriter.rewrite(options)
end
private
class StubCGI < CGI #:nodoc:
attr_accessor :stdinput, :stdoutput, :env_table
def initialize(env, stdinput = nil)
self.env_table = env
self.stdoutput = StringIO.new
super
@stdinput = stdinput.is_a?(IO) ? stdinput : StringIO.new(stdinput || '')
end
end
# Tailors the session based on the given URI, setting the HTTPS value
# and the hostname.
def interpret_uri(path)
location = URI.parse(path)
https! URI::HTTPS === location if location.scheme
host! location.host if location.host
location.query ? "#{location.path}?#{location.query}" : location.path
end
# Performs the actual request.
def process(method, path, parameters = nil, headers = nil)
data = requestify(parameters)
path = interpret_uri(path) if path =~ %r{://}
path = "/#{path}" unless path[0] == ?/
@path = path
env = {}
if method == :get
env["QUERY_STRING"] = data
data = nil
end
env.update(
"REQUEST_METHOD" => method.to_s.upcase,
"REQUEST_URI" => path,
"HTTP_HOST" => host,
"REMOTE_ADDR" => remote_addr,
"SERVER_PORT" => (https? ? "443" : "80"),
"CONTENT_TYPE" => "application/x-www-form-urlencoded",
"CONTENT_LENGTH" => data ? data.length.to_s : nil,
"HTTP_COOKIE" => encode_cookies,
"HTTPS" => https? ? "on" : "off",
"HTTP_ACCEPT" => accept
)
(headers || {}).each do |key, value|
key = key.to_s.upcase.gsub(/-/, "_")
key = "HTTP_#{key}" unless env.has_key?(key) || key =~ /^HTTP_/
env[key] = value
end
unless ActionController::Base.respond_to?(:clear_last_instantiation!)
ActionController::Base.module_eval { include ControllerCapture }
end
ActionController::Base.clear_last_instantiation!
cgi = StubCGI.new(env, data)
Dispatcher.dispatch(cgi, ActionController::CgiRequest::DEFAULT_SESSION_OPTIONS, cgi.stdoutput)
@result = cgi.stdoutput.string
@request_count += 1
@controller = ActionController::Base.last_instantiation
@request = @controller.request
@response = @controller.response
# Decorate the response with the standard behavior of the TestResponse
# so that things like assert_response can be used in integration
# tests.
@response.extend(TestResponseBehavior)
@html_document = nil
parse_result
return status
end
# Parses the result of the response and extracts the various values,
# like cookies, status, headers, etc.
def parse_result
headers, result_body = @result.split(/\r\n\r\n/, 2)
@headers = Hash.new { |h,k| h[k] = [] }
headers.each_line do |line|
key, value = line.strip.split(/:\s*/, 2)
@headers[key.downcase] << value
end
(@headers['set-cookie'] || [] ).each do |string|
name, value = string.match(/^([^=]*)=([^;]*);/)[1,2]
@cookies[name] = value
end
@status, @status_message = @headers["status"].first.split(/ /)
@status = @status.to_i
end
# Encode the cookies hash in a format suitable for passing to a
# request.
def encode_cookies
cookies.inject("") do |string, (name, value)|
string << "#{name}=#{value}; "
end
end
# Get a temporary URL writer object
def generic_url_rewriter
cgi = StubCGI.new('REQUEST_METHOD' => "GET",
'QUERY_STRING' => "",
"REQUEST_URI" => "/",
"HTTP_HOST" => host,
"SERVER_PORT" => https? ? "443" : "80",
"HTTPS" => https? ? "on" : "off")
ActionController::UrlRewriter.new(ActionController::CgiRequest.new(cgi), {})
end
def name_with_prefix(prefix, name)
prefix ? "#{prefix}[#{name}]" : name.to_s
end
# Convert the given parameters to a request string. The parameters may
# be a string, +nil+, or a Hash.
def requestify(parameters, prefix=nil)
if Hash === parameters
return nil if parameters.empty?
parameters.map { |k,v| requestify(v, name_with_prefix(prefix, k)) }.join("&")
elsif Array === parameters
parameters.map { |v| requestify(v, name_with_prefix(prefix, "")) }.join("&")
elsif prefix.nil?
parameters
else
"#{CGI.escape(prefix)}=#{CGI.escape(parameters.to_s)}"
end
end
end
# A module used to extend ActionController::Base, so that integration tests
# can capture the controller used to satisfy a request.
module ControllerCapture #:nodoc:
def self.included(base)
base.extend(ClassMethods)
base.class_eval do
class << self
alias_method_chain :new, :capture
end
end
end
module ClassMethods #:nodoc:
mattr_accessor :last_instantiation
def clear_last_instantiation!
self.last_instantiation = nil
end
def new_with_capture(*args)
controller = new_without_capture(*args)
self.last_instantiation ||= controller
controller
end
end
end
module Runner
# Reset the current session. This is useful for testing multiple sessions
# in a single test case.
def reset!
@integration_session = open_session
end
%w(get post put head delete cookies assigns
xml_http_request get_via_redirect post_via_redirect).each do |method|
define_method(method) do |*args|
reset! unless @integration_session
# reset the html_document variable, but only for new get/post calls
@html_document = nil unless %w(cookies assigns).include?(method)
returning @integration_session.send!(method, *args) do
copy_session_variables!
end
end
end
# Open a new session instance. If a block is given, the new session is
# yielded to the block before being returned.
#
# session = open_session do |sess|
# sess.extend(CustomAssertions)
# end
#
# By default, a single session is automatically created for you, but you
# can use this method to open multiple sessions that ought to be tested
# simultaneously.
def open_session
session = Integration::Session.new
# delegate the fixture accessors back to the test instance
extras = Module.new { attr_accessor :delegate, :test_result }
if self.class.respond_to?(:fixture_table_names)
self.class.fixture_table_names.each do |table_name|
name = table_name.tr(".", "_")
next unless respond_to?(name)
extras.send!(:define_method, name) { |*args| delegate.send(name, *args) }
end
end
# delegate add_assertion to the test case
extras.send!(:define_method, :add_assertion) { test_result.add_assertion }
session.extend(extras)
session.delegate = self
session.test_result = @_result
yield session if block_given?
session
end
# Copy the instance variables from the current session instance into the
# test instance.
def copy_session_variables! #:nodoc:
return unless @integration_session
%w(controller response request).each do |var|
instance_variable_set("@#{var}", @integration_session.send!(var))
end
end
# Delegate unhandled messages to the current session instance.
def method_missing(sym, *args, &block)
reset! unless @integration_session
returning @integration_session.send!(sym, *args, &block) do
copy_session_variables!
end
end
end
end
# An IntegrationTest is one that spans multiple controllers and actions,
# tying them all together to ensure they work together as expected. It tests
# more completely than either unit or functional tests do, exercising the
# entire stack, from the dispatcher to the database.
#
# At its simplest, you simply extend IntegrationTest and write your tests
# using the get/post methods:
#
# require "#{File.dirname(__FILE__)}/test_helper"
#
# class ExampleTest < ActionController::IntegrationTest
# fixtures :people
#
# def test_login
# # get the login page
# get "/login"
# assert_equal 200, status
#
# # post the login and follow through to the home page
# post "/login", :username => people(:jamis).username,
# :password => people(:jamis).password
# follow_redirect!
# assert_equal 200, status
# assert_equal "/home", path
# end
# end
#
# However, you can also have multiple session instances open per test, and
# even extend those instances with assertions and methods to create a very
# powerful testing DSL that is specific for your application. You can even
# reference any named routes you happen to have defined!
#
# require "#{File.dirname(__FILE__)}/test_helper"
#
# class AdvancedTest < ActionController::IntegrationTest
# fixtures :people, :rooms
#
# def test_login_and_speak
# jamis, david = login(:jamis), login(:david)
# room = rooms(:office)
#
# jamis.enter(room)
# jamis.speak(room, "anybody home?")
#
# david.enter(room)
# david.speak(room, "hello!")
# end
#
# private
#
# module CustomAssertions
# def enter(room)
# # reference a named route, for maximum internal consistency!
# get(room_url(:id => room.id))
# assert(...)
# ...
# end
#
# def speak(room, message)
# xml_http_request "/say/#{room.id}", :message => message
# assert(...)
# ...
# end
# end
#
# def login(who)
# open_session do |sess|
# sess.extend(CustomAssertions)
# who = people(who)
# sess.post "/login", :username => who.username,
# :password => who.password
# assert(...)
# end
# end
# end
class IntegrationTest < Test::Unit::TestCase
include Integration::Runner
# Work around a bug in test/unit caused by the default test being named
# as a symbol (:default_test), which causes regex test filters
# (like "ruby test.rb -n /foo/") to fail because =~ doesn't work on
# symbols.
def initialize(name) #:nodoc:
super(name.to_s)
end
# Work around test/unit's requirement that every subclass of TestCase have
# at least one test method. Note that this implementation extends to all
# subclasses, as well, so subclasses of IntegrationTest may also exist
# without any test methods.
def run(*args) #:nodoc:
return if @method_name == "default_test"
super
end
# Because of how use_instantiated_fixtures and use_transactional_fixtures
# are defined, we need to treat them as special cases. Otherwise, users
# would potentially have to set their values for both Test::Unit::TestCase
# ActionController::IntegrationTest, since by the time the value is set on
# TestCase, IntegrationTest has already been defined and cannot inherit
# changes to those variables. So, we make those two attributes copy-on-write.
class << self
def use_transactional_fixtures=(flag) #:nodoc:
@_use_transactional_fixtures = true
@use_transactional_fixtures = flag
end
def use_instantiated_fixtures=(flag) #:nodoc:
@_use_instantiated_fixtures = true
@use_instantiated_fixtures = flag
end
def use_transactional_fixtures #:nodoc:
@_use_transactional_fixtures ?
@use_transactional_fixtures :
superclass.use_transactional_fixtures
end
def use_instantiated_fixtures #:nodoc:
@_use_instantiated_fixtures ?
@use_instantiated_fixtures :
superclass.use_instantiated_fixtures
end
end
end
end

View file

@ -0,0 +1,326 @@
module ActionController #:nodoc:
module Layout #:nodoc:
def self.included(base)
base.extend(ClassMethods)
base.class_eval do
# NOTE: Can't use alias_method_chain here because +render_without_layout+ is already
# defined as a publicly exposed method
alias_method :render_with_no_layout, :render
alias_method :render, :render_with_a_layout
class << self
alias_method_chain :inherited, :layout
end
end
end
# Layouts reverse the common pattern of including shared headers and footers in many templates to isolate changes in
# repeated setups. The inclusion pattern has pages that look like this:
#
# <%= render "shared/header" %>
# Hello World
# <%= render "shared/footer" %>
#
# This approach is a decent way of keeping common structures isolated from the changing content, but it's verbose
# and if you ever want to change the structure of these two includes, you'll have to change all the templates.
#
# With layouts, you can flip it around and have the common structure know where to insert changing content. This means
# that the header and footer are only mentioned in one place, like this:
#
# // The header part of this layout
# <%= yield %>
# // The footer part of this layout -->
#
# And then you have content pages that look like this:
#
# hello world
#
# Not a word about common structures. At rendering time, the content page is computed and then inserted in the layout,
# like this:
#
# // The header part of this layout
# hello world
# // The footer part of this layout -->
#
# == Accessing shared variables
#
# Layouts have access to variables specified in the content pages and vice versa. This allows you to have layouts with
# references that won't materialize before rendering time:
#
# <h1><%= @page_title %></h1>
# <%= yield %>
#
# ...and content pages that fulfill these references _at_ rendering time:
#
# <% @page_title = "Welcome" %>
# Off-world colonies offers you a chance to start a new life
#
# The result after rendering is:
#
# <h1>Welcome</h1>
# Off-world colonies offers you a chance to start a new life
#
# == Automatic layout assignment
#
# If there is a template in <tt>app/views/layouts/</tt> with the same name as the current controller then it will be automatically
# set as that controller's layout unless explicitly told otherwise. Say you have a WeblogController, for example. If a template named
# <tt>app/views/layouts/weblog.erb</tt> or <tt>app/views/layouts/weblog.builder</tt> exists then it will be automatically set as
# the layout for your WeblogController. You can create a layout with the name <tt>application.erb</tt> or <tt>application.builder</tt>
# and this will be set as the default controller if there is no layout with the same name as the current controller and there is
# no layout explicitly assigned with the +layout+ method. Nested controllers use the same folder structure for automatic layout.
# assignment. So an Admin::WeblogController will look for a template named <tt>app/views/layouts/admin/weblog.erb</tt>.
# Setting a layout explicitly will always override the automatic behaviour for the controller where the layout is set.
# Explicitly setting the layout in a parent class, though, will not override the child class's layout assignment if the child
# class has a layout with the same name.
#
# == Inheritance for layouts
#
# Layouts are shared downwards in the inheritance hierarchy, but not upwards. Examples:
#
# class BankController < ActionController::Base
# layout "bank_standard"
#
# class InformationController < BankController
#
# class VaultController < BankController
# layout :access_level_layout
#
# class EmployeeController < BankController
# layout nil
#
# The InformationController uses "bank_standard" inherited from the BankController, the VaultController overwrites
# and picks the layout dynamically, and the EmployeeController doesn't want to use a layout at all.
#
# == Types of layouts
#
# Layouts are basically just regular templates, but the name of this template needs not be specified statically. Sometimes
# you want to alternate layouts depending on runtime information, such as whether someone is logged in or not. This can
# be done either by specifying a method reference as a symbol or using an inline method (as a proc).
#
# The method reference is the preferred approach to variable layouts and is used like this:
#
# class WeblogController < ActionController::Base
# layout :writers_and_readers
#
# def index
# # fetching posts
# end
#
# private
# def writers_and_readers
# logged_in? ? "writer_layout" : "reader_layout"
# end
#
# Now when a new request for the index action is processed, the layout will vary depending on whether the person accessing
# is logged in or not.
#
# If you want to use an inline method, such as a proc, do something like this:
#
# class WeblogController < ActionController::Base
# layout proc{ |controller| controller.logged_in? ? "writer_layout" : "reader_layout" }
#
# Of course, the most common way of specifying a layout is still just as a plain template name:
#
# class WeblogController < ActionController::Base
# layout "weblog_standard"
#
# If no directory is specified for the template name, the template will by default be looked for in +app/views/layouts/+.
# Otherwise, it will be looked up relative to the template root.
#
# == Conditional layouts
#
# If you have a layout that by default is applied to all the actions of a controller, you still have the option of rendering
# a given action or set of actions without a layout, or restricting a layout to only a single action or a set of actions. The
# <tt>:only</tt> and <tt>:except</tt> options can be passed to the layout call. For example:
#
# class WeblogController < ActionController::Base
# layout "weblog_standard", :except => :rss
#
# # ...
#
# end
#
# This will assign "weblog_standard" as the WeblogController's layout except for the +rss+ action, which will not wrap a layout
# around the rendered view.
#
# Both the <tt>:only</tt> and <tt>:except</tt> condition can accept an arbitrary number of method references, so
# #<tt>:except => [ :rss, :text_only ]</tt> is valid, as is <tt>:except => :rss</tt>.
#
# == Using a different layout in the action render call
#
# If most of your actions use the same layout, it makes perfect sense to define a controller-wide layout as described above.
# Some times you'll have exceptions, though, where one action wants to use a different layout than the rest of the controller.
# This is possible using the <tt>render</tt> method. It's just a bit more manual work as you'll have to supply fully
# qualified template and layout names as this example shows:
#
# class WeblogController < ActionController::Base
# def help
# render :action => "help/index", :layout => "help"
# end
# end
#
# As you can see, you pass the template as the first parameter, the status code as the second ("200" is OK), and the layout
# as the third.
#
# NOTE: The old notation for rendering the view from a layout was to expose the magic <tt>@content_for_layout</tt> instance
# variable. The preferred notation now is to use <tt>yield</tt>, as documented above.
module ClassMethods
# If a layout is specified, all rendered actions will have their result rendered
# when the layout <tt>yield</tt>s. This layout can itself depend on instance variables assigned during action
# performance and have access to them as any normal template would.
def layout(template_name, conditions = {}, auto = false)
add_layout_conditions(conditions)
write_inheritable_attribute "layout", template_name
write_inheritable_attribute "auto_layout", auto
end
def layout_conditions #:nodoc:
@layout_conditions ||= read_inheritable_attribute("layout_conditions")
end
def default_layout(format) #:nodoc:
layout = read_inheritable_attribute("layout")
return layout unless read_inheritable_attribute("auto_layout")
@default_layout ||= {}
@default_layout[format] ||= default_layout_with_format(format, layout)
@default_layout[format]
end
def layout_list #:nodoc:
view_paths.collect do |path|
Dir["#{path}/layouts/**/*"]
end.flatten
end
private
def inherited_with_layout(child)
inherited_without_layout(child)
unless child.name.blank?
layout_match = child.name.underscore.sub(/_controller$/, '').sub(/^controllers\//, '')
child.layout(layout_match, {}, true) unless child.layout_list.grep(%r{layouts/#{layout_match}(\.[a-z][0-9a-z]*)+$}).empty?
end
end
def add_layout_conditions(conditions)
write_inheritable_hash "layout_conditions", normalize_conditions(conditions)
end
def normalize_conditions(conditions)
conditions.inject({}) {|hash, (key, value)| hash.merge(key => [value].flatten.map {|action| action.to_s})}
end
def layout_directory_exists_cache
@@layout_directory_exists_cache ||= Hash.new do |h, dirname|
h[dirname] = File.directory? dirname
end
end
def default_layout_with_format(format, layout)
list = layout_list
if list.grep(%r{layouts/#{layout}\.#{format}(\.[a-z][0-9a-z]*)+$}).empty?
(!list.grep(%r{layouts/#{layout}\.([a-z][0-9a-z]*)+$}).empty? && format == :html) ? layout : nil
else
layout
end
end
end
# Returns the name of the active layout. If the layout was specified as a method reference (through a symbol), this method
# is called and the return value is used. Likewise if the layout was specified as an inline method (through a proc or method
# object). If the layout was defined without a directory, layouts is assumed. So <tt>layout "weblog/standard"</tt> will return
# weblog/standard, but <tt>layout "standard"</tt> will return layouts/standard.
def active_layout(passed_layout = nil)
layout = passed_layout || self.class.default_layout(response.template.template_format)
active_layout = case layout
when String then layout
when Symbol then send!(layout)
when Proc then layout.call(self)
end
# Explicitly passed layout names with slashes are looked up relative to the template root,
# but auto-discovered layouts derived from a nested controller will contain a slash, though be relative
# to the 'layouts' directory so we have to check the file system to infer which case the layout name came from.
if active_layout
if active_layout.include?('/') && ! layout_directory?(active_layout)
active_layout
else
"layouts/#{active_layout}"
end
end
end
protected
def render_with_a_layout(options = nil, &block) #:nodoc:
template_with_options = options.is_a?(Hash)
if apply_layout?(template_with_options, options) && (layout = pick_layout(template_with_options, options))
assert_existence_of_template_file(layout)
options = options.merge :layout => false if template_with_options
logger.info("Rendering template within #{layout}") if logger
content_for_layout = render_with_no_layout(options, &block)
erase_render_results
add_variables_to_assigns
@template.instance_variable_set("@content_for_layout", content_for_layout)
response.layout = layout
status = template_with_options ? options[:status] : nil
render_for_text(@template.render_file(layout, true), status)
else
render_with_no_layout(options, &block)
end
end
private
def apply_layout?(template_with_options, options)
return false if options == :update
template_with_options ? candidate_for_layout?(options) : !template_exempt_from_layout?
end
def candidate_for_layout?(options)
(options.has_key?(:layout) && options[:layout] != false) ||
options.values_at(:text, :xml, :json, :file, :inline, :partial, :nothing).compact.empty? &&
!template_exempt_from_layout?(options[:template] || default_template_name(options[:action]))
end
def pick_layout(template_with_options, options)
if template_with_options
case layout = options[:layout]
when FalseClass
nil
when NilClass, TrueClass
active_layout if action_has_layout?
else
active_layout(layout)
end
else
active_layout if action_has_layout?
end
end
def action_has_layout?
if conditions = self.class.layout_conditions
case
when only = conditions[:only]
only.include?(action_name)
when except = conditions[:except]
!except.include?(action_name)
else
true
end
else
true
end
end
# Does a layout directory for this class exist?
# we cache this info in a class level hash
def layout_directory?(layout_name)
view_paths.find do |path|
next unless template_path = Dir[File.join(path, 'layouts', layout_name) + ".*"].first
self.class.send!(:layout_directory_exists_cache)[File.dirname(template_path)]
end
end
end
end

View file

@ -0,0 +1,170 @@
module ActionController #:nodoc:
module MimeResponds #:nodoc:
def self.included(base)
base.module_eval do
include ActionController::MimeResponds::InstanceMethods
end
end
module InstanceMethods
# Without web-service support, an action which collects the data for displaying a list of people
# might look something like this:
#
# def index
# @people = Person.find(:all)
# end
#
# Here's the same action, with web-service support baked in:
#
# def index
# @people = Person.find(:all)
#
# respond_to do |format|
# format.html
# format.xml { render :xml => @people.to_xml }
# end
# end
#
# What that says is, "if the client wants HTML in response to this action, just respond as we
# would have before, but if the client wants XML, return them the list of people in XML format."
# (Rails determines the desired response format from the HTTP Accept header submitted by the client.)
#
# Supposing you have an action that adds a new person, optionally creating their company
# (by name) if it does not already exist, without web-services, it might look like this:
#
# def create
# @company = Company.find_or_create_by_name(params[:company][:name])
# @person = @company.people.create(params[:person])
#
# redirect_to(person_list_url)
# end
#
# Here's the same action, with web-service support baked in:
#
# def create
# company = params[:person].delete(:company)
# @company = Company.find_or_create_by_name(company[:name])
# @person = @company.people.create(params[:person])
#
# respond_to do |format|
# format.html { redirect_to(person_list_url) }
# format.js
# format.xml { render :xml => @person.to_xml(:include => @company) }
# end
# end
#
# If the client wants HTML, we just redirect them back to the person list. If they want Javascript
# (format.js), then it is an RJS request and we render the RJS template associated with this action.
# Lastly, if the client wants XML, we render the created person as XML, but with a twist: we also
# include the person's company in the rendered XML, so you get something like this:
#
# <person>
# <id>...</id>
# ...
# <company>
# <id>...</id>
# <name>...</name>
# ...
# </company>
# </person>
#
# Note, however, the extra bit at the top of that action:
#
# company = params[:person].delete(:company)
# @company = Company.find_or_create_by_name(company[:name])
#
# This is because the incoming XML document (if a web-service request is in process) can only contain a
# single root-node. So, we have to rearrange things so that the request looks like this (url-encoded):
#
# person[name]=...&person[company][name]=...&...
#
# And, like this (xml-encoded):
#
# <person>
# <name>...</name>
# <company>
# <name>...</name>
# </company>
# </person>
#
# In other words, we make the request so that it operates on a single entity's person. Then, in the action,
# we extract the company data from the request, find or create the company, and then create the new person
# with the remaining data.
#
# Note that you can define your own XML parameter parser which would allow you to describe multiple entities
# in a single request (i.e., by wrapping them all in a single root note), but if you just go with the flow
# and accept Rails' defaults, life will be much easier.
#
# If you need to use a MIME type which isn't supported by default, you can register your own handlers in
# environment.rb as follows.
#
# Mime::Type.register "image/jpg", :jpg
def respond_to(*types, &block)
raise ArgumentError, "respond_to takes either types or a block, never both" unless types.any? ^ block
block ||= lambda { |responder| types.each { |type| responder.send(type) } }
responder = Responder.new(self)
block.call(responder)
responder.respond
end
end
class Responder #:nodoc:
def initialize(controller)
@controller = controller
@request = controller.request
@response = controller.response
@mime_type_priority = Array(Mime::Type.lookup_by_extension(@request.parameters[:format]) || @request.accepts)
@order = []
@responses = {}
end
def custom(mime_type, &block)
mime_type = mime_type.is_a?(Mime::Type) ? mime_type : Mime::Type.lookup(mime_type.to_s)
@order << mime_type
@responses[mime_type] = Proc.new do
@response.template.template_format = mime_type.to_sym
@response.content_type = mime_type.to_s
block_given? ? block.call : @controller.send(:render, :action => @controller.action_name)
end
end
def any(*args, &block)
args.each { |type| send(type, &block) }
end
def method_missing(symbol, &block)
mime_constant = symbol.to_s.upcase
if Mime::SET.include?(Mime.const_get(mime_constant))
custom(Mime.const_get(mime_constant), &block)
else
super
end
end
def respond
for priority in @mime_type_priority
if priority == Mime::ALL
@responses[@order.first].call
return
else
if @responses[priority]
@responses[priority].call
return # mime type match found, be happy and return
end
end
end
if @order.include?(Mime::ALL)
@responses[Mime::ALL].call
else
@controller.send :head, :not_acceptable
end
end
end
end
end

View file

@ -0,0 +1,163 @@
module Mime
SET = []
EXTENSION_LOOKUP = Hash.new { |h, k| h[k] = Type.new(k) unless k.blank? }
LOOKUP = Hash.new { |h, k| h[k] = Type.new(k) unless k.blank? }
# Encapsulates the notion of a mime type. Can be used at render time, for example, with:
#
# class PostsController < ActionController::Base
# def show
# @post = Post.find(params[:id])
#
# respond_to do |format|
# format.html
# format.ics { render :text => post.to_ics, :mime_type => Mime::Type["text/calendar"] }
# format.xml { render :xml => @people.to_xml }
# end
# end
# end
class Type
# A simple helper class used in parsing the accept header
class AcceptItem #:nodoc:
attr_accessor :order, :name, :q
def initialize(order, name, q=nil)
@order = order
@name = name.strip
q ||= 0.0 if @name == Mime::ALL # default wilcard match to end of list
@q = ((q || 1.0).to_f * 100).to_i
end
def to_s
@name
end
def <=>(item)
result = item.q <=> q
result = order <=> item.order if result == 0
result
end
def ==(item)
name == (item.respond_to?(:name) ? item.name : item)
end
end
class << self
def lookup(string)
LOOKUP[string]
end
def lookup_by_extension(extension)
EXTENSION_LOOKUP[extension]
end
# Registers an alias that's not used on mime type lookup, but can be referenced directly. Especially useful for
# rendering different HTML versions depending on the user agent, like an iPhone.
def register_alias(string, symbol, extension_synonyms = [])
register(string, symbol, [], extension_synonyms, true)
end
def register(string, symbol, mime_type_synonyms = [], extension_synonyms = [], skip_lookup = false)
Mime.instance_eval { const_set symbol.to_s.upcase, Type.new(string, symbol, mime_type_synonyms) }
SET << Mime.const_get(symbol.to_s.upcase)
([string] + mime_type_synonyms).each { |string| LOOKUP[string] = SET.last } unless skip_lookup
([symbol.to_s] + extension_synonyms).each { |ext| EXTENSION_LOOKUP[ext] = SET.last }
end
def parse(accept_header)
# keep track of creation order to keep the subsequent sort stable
list = []
accept_header.split(/,/).each_with_index do |header, index|
params = header.split(/;\s*q=/)
list << AcceptItem.new(index, *params) unless params.empty?
end
list.sort!
# Take care of the broken text/xml entry by renaming or deleting it
text_xml = list.index("text/xml")
app_xml = list.index(Mime::XML.to_s)
if text_xml && app_xml
# set the q value to the max of the two
list[app_xml].q = [list[text_xml].q, list[app_xml].q].max
# make sure app_xml is ahead of text_xml in the list
if app_xml > text_xml
list[app_xml], list[text_xml] = list[text_xml], list[app_xml]
app_xml, text_xml = text_xml, app_xml
end
# delete text_xml from the list
list.delete_at(text_xml)
elsif text_xml
list[text_xml].name = Mime::XML.to_s
end
# Look for more specific xml-based types and sort them ahead of app/xml
if app_xml
idx = app_xml
app_xml_type = list[app_xml]
while(idx < list.length)
type = list[idx]
break if type.q < app_xml_type.q
if type.name =~ /\+xml$/
list[app_xml], list[idx] = list[idx], list[app_xml]
app_xml = idx
end
idx += 1
end
end
list.map! { |i| Mime::Type.lookup(i.name) }.uniq!
list
end
end
def initialize(string, symbol = nil, synonyms = [])
@symbol, @synonyms = symbol, synonyms
@string = string
end
def to_s
@string
end
def to_str
to_s
end
def to_sym
@symbol || @string.to_sym
end
def ===(list)
if list.is_a?(Array)
(@synonyms + [ self ]).any? { |synonym| list.include?(synonym) }
else
super
end
end
def ==(mime_type)
(@synonyms + [ self ]).any? { |synonym| synonym.to_s == mime_type.to_s } if mime_type
end
private
def method_missing(method, *args)
if method.to_s =~ /(\w+)\?$/
mime_type = $1.downcase.to_sym
mime_type == @symbol || (mime_type == :html && @symbol == :all)
else
super
end
end
end
end
require 'action_controller/mime_types'

View file

@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
# Build list of Mime types for HTTP responses
# http://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/
Mime::Type.register "*/*", :all
Mime::Type.register "text/plain", :text, [], %w(txt)
Mime::Type.register "text/html", :html, %w( application/xhtml+xml ), %w( xhtml )
Mime::Type.register "text/javascript", :js, %w( application/javascript application/x-javascript )
Mime::Type.register "text/css", :css
Mime::Type.register "text/calendar", :ics
Mime::Type.register "text/csv", :csv
Mime::Type.register "application/xml", :xml, %w( text/xml application/x-xml )
Mime::Type.register "application/rss+xml", :rss
Mime::Type.register "application/atom+xml", :atom
Mime::Type.register "application/x-yaml", :yaml, %w( text/yaml )
Mime::Type.register "multipart/form-data", :multipart_form
Mime::Type.register "application/x-www-form-urlencoded", :url_encoded_form
# http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc4627.txt
Mime::Type.register "application/json", :json, %w( text/x-json )

View file

@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
module ActionController
module PolymorphicRoutes
def polymorphic_url(record_or_hash_or_array, options = {})
record = extract_record(record_or_hash_or_array)
namespace = extract_namespace(record_or_hash_or_array)
args = case record_or_hash_or_array
when Hash; [ record_or_hash_or_array ]
when Array; record_or_hash_or_array.dup
else [ record_or_hash_or_array ]
end
inflection =
case
when options[:action] == "new"
args.pop
:singular
when record.respond_to?(:new_record?) && record.new_record?
args.pop
:plural
else
:singular
end
named_route = build_named_route_call(record_or_hash_or_array, namespace, inflection, options)
send!(named_route, *args)
end
def polymorphic_path(record_or_hash_or_array)
polymorphic_url(record_or_hash_or_array, :routing_type => :path)
end
%w(edit new formatted).each do |action|
module_eval <<-EOT, __FILE__, __LINE__
def #{action}_polymorphic_url(record_or_hash)
polymorphic_url(record_or_hash, :action => "#{action}")
end
def #{action}_polymorphic_path(record_or_hash)
polymorphic_url(record_or_hash, :action => "#{action}", :routing_type => :path)
end
EOT
end
private
def action_prefix(options)
options[:action] ? "#{options[:action]}_" : ""
end
def routing_type(options)
"#{options[:routing_type] || "url"}"
end
def build_named_route_call(records, namespace, inflection, options = {})
records = Array.new([extract_record(records)]) unless records.is_a?(Array)
base_segment = "#{RecordIdentifier.send!("#{inflection}_class_name", records.pop)}_"
method_root = records.reverse.inject(base_segment) do |string, name|
segment = "#{RecordIdentifier.send!("singular_class_name", name)}_"
segment << string
end
action_prefix(options) + namespace + method_root + routing_type(options)
end
def extract_record(record_or_hash_or_array)
case record_or_hash_or_array
when Array; record_or_hash_or_array.last
when Hash; record_or_hash_or_array[:id]
else record_or_hash_or_array
end
end
def extract_namespace(record_or_hash_or_array)
returning "" do |namespace|
if record_or_hash_or_array.is_a?(Array)
record_or_hash_or_array.delete_if do |record_or_namespace|
if record_or_namespace.is_a?(String) || record_or_namespace.is_a?(Symbol)
namespace << "#{record_or_namespace.to_s}_"
end
end
end
end
end
end
end

View file

@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
module ActionController
# The record identifier encapsulates a number of naming conventions for dealing with records, like Active Records or
# Active Resources or pretty much any other model type that has an id. These patterns are then used to try elevate
# the view actions to a higher logical level. Example:
#
# # routes
# map.resources :posts
#
# # view
# <% div_for(post) do %> <div id="post_45" class="post">
# <%= post.body %> What a wonderful world!
# <% end %> </div>
#
# # controller
# def destroy
# post = Post.find(params[:id])
# post.destroy
#
# respond_to do |format|
# format.html { redirect_to(post) } # Calls polymorphic_url(post) which in turn calls post_url(post)
# format.js do
# # Calls: new Effect.fade('post_45');
# render(:update) { |page| page[post].visual_effect(:fade) }
# end
# end
# end
#
# As the example above shows, you can stop caring to a large extent what the actual id of the post is. You just know
# that one is being assigned and that the subsequent calls in redirect_to and the RJS expect that same naming
# convention and allows you to write less code if you follow it.
module RecordIdentifier
extend self
# Returns plural/singular for a record or class. Example:
#
# partial_path(post) # => "posts/post"
# partial_path(Person) # => "people/person"
def partial_path(record_or_class)
klass = class_from_record_or_class(record_or_class)
"#{klass.name.tableize}/#{klass.name.demodulize.underscore}"
end
# The DOM class convention is to use the singular form of an object or class. Examples:
#
# dom_class(post) # => "post"
# dom_class(Person) # => "person"
#
# If you need to address multiple instances of the same class in the same view, you can prefix the dom_class:
#
# dom_class(post, :edit) # => "edit_post"
# dom_class(Person, :edit) # => "edit_person"
def dom_class(record_or_class, prefix = nil)
[ prefix, singular_class_name(record_or_class) ].compact * '_'
end
# The DOM class convention is to use the singular form of an object or class with the id following an underscore.
# If no id is found, prefix with "new_" instead. Examples:
#
# dom_class(Post.new(:id => 45)) # => "post_45"
# dom_class(Post.new) # => "new_post"
#
# If you need to address multiple instances of the same class in the same view, you can prefix the dom_id:
#
# dom_class(Post.new(:id => 45), :edit) # => "edit_post_45"
def dom_id(record, prefix = nil)
prefix ||= 'new' unless record.id
[ prefix, singular_class_name(record), record.id ].compact * '_'
end
# Returns the plural class name of a record or class. Examples:
#
# plural_class_name(post) # => "posts"
# plural_class_name(Highrise::Person) # => "highrise_people"
def plural_class_name(record_or_class)
singular_class_name(record_or_class).pluralize
end
# Returns the singular class name of a record or class. Examples:
#
# singular_class_name(post) # => "post"
# singular_class_name(Highrise::Person) # => "highrise_person"
def singular_class_name(record_or_class)
class_from_record_or_class(record_or_class).name.underscore.tr('/', '_')
end
private
def class_from_record_or_class(record_or_class)
record_or_class.is_a?(Class) ? record_or_class : record_or_class.class
end
end
end

View file

@ -0,0 +1,730 @@
require 'tempfile'
require 'stringio'
require 'strscan'
module ActionController
# HTTP methods which are accepted by default.
ACCEPTED_HTTP_METHODS = Set.new(%w( get head put post delete options ))
# CgiRequest and TestRequest provide concrete implementations.
class AbstractRequest
cattr_accessor :relative_url_root
remove_method :relative_url_root
# The hash of environment variables for this request,
# such as { 'RAILS_ENV' => 'production' }.
attr_reader :env
# The true HTTP request method as a lowercase symbol, such as :get.
# UnknownHttpMethod is raised for invalid methods not listed in ACCEPTED_HTTP_METHODS.
def request_method
@request_method ||= begin
method = ((@env['REQUEST_METHOD'] == 'POST' && !parameters[:_method].blank?) ? parameters[:_method].to_s : @env['REQUEST_METHOD']).downcase
if ACCEPTED_HTTP_METHODS.include?(method)
method.to_sym
else
raise UnknownHttpMethod, "#{method}, accepted HTTP methods are #{ACCEPTED_HTTP_METHODS.to_a.to_sentence}"
end
end
end
# The HTTP request method as a lowercase symbol, such as :get.
# Note, HEAD is returned as :get since the two are functionally
# equivalent from the application's perspective.
def method
request_method == :head ? :get : request_method
end
# Is this a GET (or HEAD) request? Equivalent to request.method == :get
def get?
method == :get
end
# Is this a POST request? Equivalent to request.method == :post
def post?
request_method == :post
end
# Is this a PUT request? Equivalent to request.method == :put
def put?
request_method == :put
end
# Is this a DELETE request? Equivalent to request.method == :delete
def delete?
request_method == :delete
end
# Is this a HEAD request? request.method sees HEAD as :get, so check the
# HTTP method directly.
def head?
request_method == :head
end
def headers
@env
end
def content_length
@content_length ||= env['CONTENT_LENGTH'].to_i
end
# The MIME type of the HTTP request, such as Mime::XML.
#
# For backward compatibility, the post format is extracted from the
# X-Post-Data-Format HTTP header if present.
def content_type
@content_type ||= Mime::Type.lookup(content_type_without_parameters)
end
# Returns the accepted MIME type for the request
def accepts
@accepts ||=
if @env['HTTP_ACCEPT'].to_s.strip.empty?
[ content_type, Mime::ALL ].compact # make sure content_type being nil is not included
else
Mime::Type.parse(@env['HTTP_ACCEPT'])
end
end
# Returns the Mime type for the format used in the request. If there is no format available, the first of the
# accept types will be used. Examples:
#
# GET /posts/5.xml | request.format => Mime::XML
# GET /posts/5.xhtml | request.format => Mime::HTML
# GET /posts/5 | request.format => request.accepts.first (usually Mime::HTML for browsers)
def format
@format ||= parameters[:format] ? Mime::Type.lookup_by_extension(parameters[:format]) : accepts.first
end
# Sets the format by string extension, which can be used to force custom formats that are not controlled by the extension.
# Example:
#
# class ApplicationController < ActionController::Base
# before_filter :adjust_format_for_iphone
#
# private
# def adjust_format_for_iphone
# request.format = :iphone if request.env["HTTP_USER_AGENT"][/iPhone/]
# end
# end
def format=(extension)
parameters[:format] = extension.to_s
format
end
# Returns true if the request's "X-Requested-With" header contains
# "XMLHttpRequest". (The Prototype Javascript library sends this header with
# every Ajax request.)
def xml_http_request?
!(@env['HTTP_X_REQUESTED_WITH'] !~ /XMLHttpRequest/i)
end
alias xhr? :xml_http_request?
# Determine originating IP address. REMOTE_ADDR is the standard
# but will fail if the user is behind a proxy. HTTP_CLIENT_IP and/or
# HTTP_X_FORWARDED_FOR are set by proxies so check for these before
# falling back to REMOTE_ADDR. HTTP_X_FORWARDED_FOR may be a comma-
# delimited list in the case of multiple chained proxies; the first is
# the originating IP.
#
# Security note: do not use if IP spoofing is a concern for your
# application. Since remote_ip checks HTTP headers for addresses forwarded
# by proxies, the client may send any IP. remote_addr can't be spoofed but
# also doesn't work behind a proxy, since it's always the proxy's IP.
def remote_ip
return @env['HTTP_CLIENT_IP'] if @env.include? 'HTTP_CLIENT_IP'
if @env.include? 'HTTP_X_FORWARDED_FOR' then
remote_ips = @env['HTTP_X_FORWARDED_FOR'].split(',').reject do |ip|
ip.strip =~ /^unknown$|^(10|172\.(1[6-9]|2[0-9]|30|31)|192\.168)\./i
end
return remote_ips.first.strip unless remote_ips.empty?
end
@env['REMOTE_ADDR']
end
# Returns the lowercase name of the HTTP server software.
def server_software
(@env['SERVER_SOFTWARE'] && /^([a-zA-Z]+)/ =~ @env['SERVER_SOFTWARE']) ? $1.downcase : nil
end
# Returns the complete URL used for this request
def url
protocol + host_with_port + request_uri
end
# Return 'https://' if this is an SSL request and 'http://' otherwise.
def protocol
ssl? ? 'https://' : 'http://'
end
# Is this an SSL request?
def ssl?
@env['HTTPS'] == 'on' || @env['HTTP_X_FORWARDED_PROTO'] == 'https'
end
# Returns the host for this request, such as example.com.
def host
end
# Returns a host:port string for this request, such as example.com or
# example.com:8080.
def host_with_port
@host_with_port ||= host + port_string
end
# Returns the port number of this request as an integer.
def port
@port_as_int ||= @env['SERVER_PORT'].to_i
end
# Returns the standard port number for this request's protocol
def standard_port
case protocol
when 'https://' then 443
else 80
end
end
# Returns a port suffix like ":8080" if the port number of this request
# is not the default HTTP port 80 or HTTPS port 443.
def port_string
(port == standard_port) ? '' : ":#{port}"
end
# Returns the domain part of a host, such as rubyonrails.org in "www.rubyonrails.org". You can specify
# a different <tt>tld_length</tt>, such as 2 to catch rubyonrails.co.uk in "www.rubyonrails.co.uk".
def domain(tld_length = 1)
return nil unless named_host?(host)
host.split('.').last(1 + tld_length).join('.')
end
# Returns all the subdomains as an array, so ["dev", "www"] would be returned for "dev.www.rubyonrails.org".
# You can specify a different <tt>tld_length</tt>, such as 2 to catch ["www"] instead of ["www", "rubyonrails"]
# in "www.rubyonrails.co.uk".
def subdomains(tld_length = 1)
return [] unless named_host?(host)
parts = host.split('.')
parts[0..-(tld_length+2)]
end
# Return the query string, accounting for server idiosyncracies.
def query_string
if uri = @env['REQUEST_URI']
uri.split('?', 2)[1] || ''
else
@env['QUERY_STRING'] || ''
end
end
# Return the request URI, accounting for server idiosyncracies.
# WEBrick includes the full URL. IIS leaves REQUEST_URI blank.
def request_uri
if uri = @env['REQUEST_URI']
# Remove domain, which webrick puts into the request_uri.
(%r{^\w+\://[^/]+(/.*|$)$} =~ uri) ? $1 : uri
else
# Construct IIS missing REQUEST_URI from SCRIPT_NAME and PATH_INFO.
script_filename = @env['SCRIPT_NAME'].to_s.match(%r{[^/]+$})
uri = @env['PATH_INFO']
uri = uri.sub(/#{script_filename}\//, '') unless script_filename.nil?
unless (env_qs = @env['QUERY_STRING']).nil? || env_qs.empty?
uri << '?' << env_qs
end
if uri.nil?
@env.delete('REQUEST_URI')
uri
else
@env['REQUEST_URI'] = uri
end
end
end
# Returns the interpreted path to requested resource after all the installation directory of this application was taken into account
def path
path = (uri = request_uri) ? uri.split('?').first.to_s : ''
# Cut off the path to the installation directory if given
path.sub!(%r/^#{relative_url_root}/, '')
path || ''
end
# Returns the path minus the web server relative installation directory.
# This can be set with the environment variable RAILS_RELATIVE_URL_ROOT.
# It can be automatically extracted for Apache setups. If the server is not
# Apache, this method returns an empty string.
def relative_url_root
@@relative_url_root ||= case
when @env["RAILS_RELATIVE_URL_ROOT"]
@env["RAILS_RELATIVE_URL_ROOT"]
when server_software == 'apache'
@env["SCRIPT_NAME"].to_s.sub(/\/dispatch\.(fcgi|rb|cgi)$/, '')
else
''
end
end
# Read the request body. This is useful for web services that need to
# work with raw requests directly.
def raw_post
unless env.include? 'RAW_POST_DATA'
env['RAW_POST_DATA'] = body.read(content_length)
body.rewind if body.respond_to?(:rewind)
end
env['RAW_POST_DATA']
end
# Returns both GET and POST parameters in a single hash.
def parameters
@parameters ||= request_parameters.merge(query_parameters).update(path_parameters).with_indifferent_access
end
def path_parameters=(parameters) #:nodoc:
@path_parameters = parameters
@symbolized_path_parameters = @parameters = nil
end
# The same as <tt>path_parameters</tt> with explicitly symbolized keys
def symbolized_path_parameters
@symbolized_path_parameters ||= path_parameters.symbolize_keys
end
# Returns a hash with the parameters used to form the path of the request.
# Returned hash keys are strings. See <tt>symbolized_path_parameters</tt> for symbolized keys.
#
# Example:
#
# {'action' => 'my_action', 'controller' => 'my_controller'}
def path_parameters
@path_parameters ||= {}
end
#--
# Must be implemented in the concrete request
#++
# The request body is an IO input stream.
def body
end
def query_parameters #:nodoc:
end
def request_parameters #:nodoc:
end
def cookies #:nodoc:
end
def session #:nodoc:
end
def session=(session) #:nodoc:
@session = session
end
def reset_session #:nodoc:
end
protected
# The raw content type string. Use when you need parameters such as
# charset or boundary which aren't included in the content_type MIME type.
# Overridden by the X-POST_DATA_FORMAT header for backward compatibility.
def content_type_with_parameters
content_type_from_legacy_post_data_format_header ||
env['CONTENT_TYPE'].to_s
end
# The raw content type string with its parameters stripped off.
def content_type_without_parameters
@content_type_without_parameters ||= self.class.extract_content_type_without_parameters(content_type_with_parameters)
end
private
def content_type_from_legacy_post_data_format_header
if x_post_format = @env['HTTP_X_POST_DATA_FORMAT']
case x_post_format.to_s.downcase
when 'yaml'; 'application/x-yaml'
when 'xml'; 'application/xml'
end
end
end
def parse_formatted_request_parameters
return {} if content_length.zero?
content_type, boundary = self.class.extract_multipart_boundary(content_type_with_parameters)
# Don't parse params for unknown requests.
return {} if content_type.blank?
mime_type = Mime::Type.lookup(content_type)
strategy = ActionController::Base.param_parsers[mime_type]
# Only multipart form parsing expects a stream.
body = (strategy && strategy != :multipart_form) ? raw_post : self.body
case strategy
when Proc
strategy.call(body)
when :url_encoded_form
self.class.clean_up_ajax_request_body! body
self.class.parse_query_parameters(body)
when :multipart_form
self.class.parse_multipart_form_parameters(body, boundary, content_length, env)
when :xml_simple, :xml_node
body.blank? ? {} : Hash.from_xml(body).with_indifferent_access
when :yaml
YAML.load(body)
else
{}
end
rescue Exception => e # YAML, XML or Ruby code block errors
raise
{ "body" => body,
"content_type" => content_type_with_parameters,
"content_length" => content_length,
"exception" => "#{e.message} (#{e.class})",
"backtrace" => e.backtrace }
end
def named_host?(host)
!(host.nil? || /\d{1,3}\.\d{1,3}\.\d{1,3}\.\d{1,3}$/.match(host))
end
class << self
def parse_query_parameters(query_string)
return {} if query_string.blank?
pairs = query_string.split('&').collect do |chunk|
next if chunk.empty?
key, value = chunk.split('=', 2)
next if key.empty?
value = value.nil? ? nil : CGI.unescape(value)
[ CGI.unescape(key), value ]
end.compact
UrlEncodedPairParser.new(pairs).result
end
def parse_request_parameters(params)
parser = UrlEncodedPairParser.new
params = params.dup
until params.empty?
for key, value in params
if key.blank?
params.delete key
elsif !key.include?('[')
# much faster to test for the most common case first (GET)
# and avoid the call to build_deep_hash
parser.result[key] = get_typed_value(value[0])
params.delete key
elsif value.is_a?(Array)
parser.parse(key, get_typed_value(value.shift))
params.delete key if value.empty?
else
raise TypeError, "Expected array, found #{value.inspect}"
end
end
end
parser.result
end
def parse_multipart_form_parameters(body, boundary, content_length, env)
parse_request_parameters(read_multipart(body, boundary, content_length, env))
end
def extract_multipart_boundary(content_type_with_parameters)
if content_type_with_parameters =~ MULTIPART_BOUNDARY
['multipart/form-data', $1.dup]
else
extract_content_type_without_parameters(content_type_with_parameters)
end
end
def extract_content_type_without_parameters(content_type_with_parameters)
$1.strip.downcase if content_type_with_parameters =~ /^([^,\;]*)/
end
def clean_up_ajax_request_body!(body)
body.chop! if body[-1] == 0
body.gsub!(/&_=$/, '')
end
private
def get_typed_value(value)
case value
when String
value
when NilClass
''
when Array
value.map { |v| get_typed_value(v) }
else
if value.is_a?(UploadedFile)
# Uploaded file
if value.original_filename
value
# Multipart param
else
result = value.read
value.rewind
result
end
# Unknown value, neither string nor multipart.
else
raise "Unknown form value: #{value.inspect}"
end
end
end
MULTIPART_BOUNDARY = %r|\Amultipart/form-data.*boundary=\"?([^\";,]+)\"?|n
EOL = "\015\012"
def read_multipart(body, boundary, content_length, env)
params = Hash.new([])
boundary = "--" + boundary
quoted_boundary = Regexp.quote(boundary, "n")
buf = ""
bufsize = 10 * 1024
boundary_end=""
# start multipart/form-data
body.binmode if defined? body.binmode
boundary_size = boundary.size + EOL.size
content_length -= boundary_size
status = body.read(boundary_size)
if nil == status
raise EOFError, "no content body"
elsif boundary + EOL != status
raise EOFError, "bad content body"
end
loop do
head = nil
content =
if 10240 < content_length
UploadedTempfile.new("CGI")
else
UploadedStringIO.new
end
content.binmode if defined? content.binmode
until head and /#{quoted_boundary}(?:#{EOL}|--)/n.match(buf)
if (not head) and /#{EOL}#{EOL}/n.match(buf)
buf = buf.sub(/\A((?:.|\n)*?#{EOL})#{EOL}/n) do
head = $1.dup
""
end
next
end
if head and ( (EOL + boundary + EOL).size < buf.size )
content.print buf[0 ... (buf.size - (EOL + boundary + EOL).size)]
buf[0 ... (buf.size - (EOL + boundary + EOL).size)] = ""
end
c = if bufsize < content_length
body.read(bufsize)
else
body.read(content_length)
end
if c.nil? || c.empty?
raise EOFError, "bad content body"
end
buf.concat(c)
content_length -= c.size
end
buf = buf.sub(/\A((?:.|\n)*?)(?:[\r\n]{1,2})?#{quoted_boundary}([\r\n]{1,2}|--)/n) do
content.print $1
if "--" == $2
content_length = -1
end
boundary_end = $2.dup
""
end
content.rewind
head =~ /Content-Disposition:.* filename=(?:"((?:\\.|[^\"])*)"|([^;]*))/ni
if filename = $1 || $2
if /Mac/ni.match(env['HTTP_USER_AGENT']) and
/Mozilla/ni.match(env['HTTP_USER_AGENT']) and
(not /MSIE/ni.match(env['HTTP_USER_AGENT']))
filename = CGI.unescape(filename)
end
content.original_path = filename.dup
end
head =~ /Content-Type: ([^\r]*)/ni
content.content_type = $1.dup if $1
head =~ /Content-Disposition:.* name="?([^\";]*)"?/ni
name = $1.dup if $1
if params.has_key?(name)
params[name].push(content)
else
params[name] = [content]
end
break if buf.size == 0
break if content_length == -1
end
raise EOFError, "bad boundary end of body part" unless boundary_end=~/--/
begin
body.rewind if body.respond_to?(:rewind)
rescue Errno::ESPIPE
# Handles exceptions raised by input streams that cannot be rewound
# such as when using plain CGI under Apache
end
params
end
end
end
class UrlEncodedPairParser < StringScanner #:nodoc:
attr_reader :top, :parent, :result
def initialize(pairs = [])
super('')
@result = {}
pairs.each { |key, value| parse(key, value) }
end
KEY_REGEXP = %r{([^\[\]=&]+)}
BRACKETED_KEY_REGEXP = %r{\[([^\[\]=&]+)\]}
# Parse the query string
def parse(key, value)
self.string = key
@top, @parent = result, nil
# First scan the bare key
key = scan(KEY_REGEXP) or return
key = post_key_check(key)
# Then scan as many nestings as present
until eos?
r = scan(BRACKETED_KEY_REGEXP) or return
key = self[1]
key = post_key_check(key)
end
bind(key, value)
end
private
# After we see a key, we must look ahead to determine our next action. Cases:
#
# [] follows the key. Then the value must be an array.
# = follows the key. (A value comes next)
# & or the end of string follows the key. Then the key is a flag.
# otherwise, a hash follows the key.
def post_key_check(key)
if scan(/\[\]/) # a[b][] indicates that b is an array
container(key, Array)
nil
elsif check(/\[[^\]]/) # a[b] indicates that a is a hash
container(key, Hash)
nil
else # End of key? We do nothing.
key
end
end
# Add a container to the stack.
def container(key, klass)
type_conflict! klass, top[key] if top.is_a?(Hash) && top.key?(key) && ! top[key].is_a?(klass)
value = bind(key, klass.new)
type_conflict! klass, value unless value.is_a?(klass)
push(value)
end
# Push a value onto the 'stack', which is actually only the top 2 items.
def push(value)
@parent, @top = @top, value
end
# Bind a key (which may be nil for items in an array) to the provided value.
def bind(key, value)
if top.is_a? Array
if key
if top[-1].is_a?(Hash) && ! top[-1].key?(key)
top[-1][key] = value
else
top << {key => value}.with_indifferent_access
push top.last
end
else
top << value
end
elsif top.is_a? Hash
key = CGI.unescape(key)
parent << (@top = {}) if top.key?(key) && parent.is_a?(Array)
return top[key] ||= value
else
raise ArgumentError, "Don't know what to do: top is #{top.inspect}"
end
return value
end
def type_conflict!(klass, value)
raise TypeError, "Conflicting types for parameter containers. Expected an instance of #{klass} but found an instance of #{value.class}. This can be caused by colliding Array and Hash parameters like qs[]=value&qs[key]=value."
end
end
module UploadedFile
def self.included(base)
base.class_eval do
attr_accessor :original_path, :content_type
alias_method :local_path, :path
end
end
# Take the basename of the upload's original filename.
# This handles the full Windows paths given by Internet Explorer
# (and perhaps other broken user agents) without affecting
# those which give the lone filename.
# The Windows regexp is adapted from Perl's File::Basename.
def original_filename
unless defined? @original_filename
@original_filename =
unless original_path.blank?
if original_path =~ /^(?:.*[:\\\/])?(.*)/m
$1
else
File.basename original_path
end
end
end
@original_filename
end
end
class UploadedStringIO < StringIO
include UploadedFile
end
class UploadedTempfile < Tempfile
include UploadedFile
end
end

View file

@ -0,0 +1,132 @@
module ActionController #:nodoc:
class InvalidAuthenticityToken < ActionControllerError #:nodoc:
end
module RequestForgeryProtection
def self.included(base)
base.class_eval do
class_inheritable_accessor :request_forgery_protection_options
self.request_forgery_protection_options = {}
helper_method :form_authenticity_token
helper_method :protect_against_forgery?
end
base.extend(ClassMethods)
end
module ClassMethods
# Protect a controller's actions from CSRF attacks by ensuring that all forms are coming from the current web application, not
# a forged link from another site. This is done by embedding a token based on the session (which an attacker wouldn't know) in
# all forms and Ajax requests generated by Rails and then verifying the authenticity of that token in the controller. Only
# HTML/JavaScript requests are checked, so this will not protect your XML API (presumably you'll have a different authentication
# scheme there anyway). Also, GET requests are not protected as these should be indempotent anyway.
#
# You turn this on with the #protect_from_forgery method, which will perform the check and raise
# an ActionController::InvalidAuthenticityToken if the token doesn't match what was expected. And it will add
# a _authenticity_token parameter to all forms that are automatically generated by Rails. You can customize the error message
# given through public/422.html.
#
# Learn more about CSRF (Cross-Site Request Forgery) attacks:
#
# * http://isc.sans.org/diary.html?storyid=1750
# * http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cross-site_request_forgery
#
# Keep in mind, this is NOT a silver-bullet, plug 'n' play, warm security blanket for your rails application.
# There are a few guidelines you should follow:
#
# * Keep your GET requests safe and idempotent. More reading material:
# * http://www.xml.com/pub/a/2002/04/24/deviant.html
# * http://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec9.html#sec9.1.1
# * Make sure the session cookies that Rails creates are non-persistent. Check in Firefox and look for "Expires: at end of session"
#
# If you need to construct a request yourself, but still want to take advantage of forgery protection, you can grab the
# authenticity_token using the form_authenticity_token helper method and make it part of the parameters yourself.
#
# Example:
#
# class FooController < ApplicationController
# # uses the cookie session store (then you don't need a separate :secret)
# protect_from_forgery :except => :index
#
# # uses one of the other session stores that uses a session_id value.
# protect_from_forgery :secret => 'my-little-pony', :except => :index
#
# # you can disable csrf protection on controller-by-controller basis:
# skip_before_filter :verify_authenticity_token
# end
#
# If you are upgrading from Rails 1.x, disable forgery protection to
# simplify your tests. Add this to config/environments/test.rb:
#
# # Disable request forgery protection in test environment
# config.action_controller.allow_forgery_protection = false
#
# Valid Options:
#
# * <tt>:only/:except</tt> - passed to the before_filter call. Set which actions are verified.
# * <tt>:secret</tt> - Custom salt used to generate the form_authenticity_token.
# Leave this off if you are using the cookie session store.
# * <tt>:digest</tt> - Message digest used for hashing. Defaults to 'SHA1'
def protect_from_forgery(options = {})
self.request_forgery_protection_token ||= :authenticity_token
before_filter :verify_authenticity_token, :only => options.delete(:only), :except => options.delete(:except)
request_forgery_protection_options.update(options)
end
end
protected
# The actual before_filter that is used. Modify this to change how you handle unverified requests.
def verify_authenticity_token
verified_request? || raise(ActionController::InvalidAuthenticityToken)
end
# Returns true or false if a request is verified. Checks:
#
# * is the format restricted? By default, only HTML and AJAX requests are checked.
# * is it a GET request? Gets should be safe and idempotent
# * Does the form_authenticity_token match the given _token value from the params?
def verified_request?
!protect_against_forgery? ||
request.method == :get ||
!verifiable_request_format? ||
form_authenticity_token == params[request_forgery_protection_token]
end
def verifiable_request_format?
request.format.html? || request.format.js?
end
# Sets the token value for the current session. Pass a :secret option in #protect_from_forgery to add a custom salt to the hash.
def form_authenticity_token
@form_authenticity_token ||= if request_forgery_protection_options[:secret]
authenticity_token_from_session_id
elsif session.respond_to?(:dbman) && session.dbman.respond_to?(:generate_digest)
authenticity_token_from_cookie_session
elsif session.nil?
raise InvalidAuthenticityToken, "Request Forgery Protection requires a valid session. Use #allow_forgery_protection to disable it, or use a valid session."
else
raise InvalidAuthenticityToken, "No :secret given to the #protect_from_forgery call. Set that or use a session store capable of generating its own keys (Cookie Session Store)."
end
end
# Generates a unique digest using the session_id and the CSRF secret.
def authenticity_token_from_session_id
key = if request_forgery_protection_options[:secret].respond_to?(:call)
request_forgery_protection_options[:secret].call(@session)
else
request_forgery_protection_options[:secret]
end
digest = request_forgery_protection_options[:digest] ||= 'SHA1'
OpenSSL::HMAC.hexdigest(OpenSSL::Digest::Digest.new(digest), key.to_s, session.session_id.to_s)
end
# No secret was given, so assume this is a cookie session store.
def authenticity_token_from_cookie_session
session[:csrf_id] ||= CGI::Session.generate_unique_id
session.dbman.generate_digest(session[:csrf_id])
end
def protect_against_forgery?
allow_forgery_protection && request_forgery_protection_token
end
end
end

View file

@ -0,0 +1,138 @@
require 'optparse'
require 'action_controller/integration'
module ActionController
class RequestProfiler
# Wrap up the integration session runner.
class Sandbox
include Integration::Runner
def self.benchmark(n, script)
new(script).benchmark(n)
end
def initialize(script_path)
@quiet = false
define_run_method(File.read(script_path))
reset!
end
def benchmark(n)
@quiet = true
print ' '
result = Benchmark.realtime do
n.times do |i|
run
print i % 10 == 0 ? 'x' : '.'
$stdout.flush
end
end
puts
result
ensure
@quiet = false
end
def say(message)
puts " #{message}" unless @quiet
end
private
def define_run_method(script)
instance_eval "def run; #{script}; end", __FILE__, __LINE__
end
end
attr_reader :options
def initialize(options = {})
@options = default_options.merge(options)
end
def self.run(args = nil, options = {})
profiler = new(options)
profiler.parse_options(args) if args
profiler.run
end
def run
sandbox = Sandbox.new(options[:script])
puts 'Warming up once'
elapsed = warmup(sandbox)
puts '%.2f sec, %d requests, %d req/sec' % [elapsed, sandbox.request_count, sandbox.request_count / elapsed]
puts "\n#{options[:benchmark] ? 'Benchmarking' : 'Profiling'} #{options[:n]}x"
options[:benchmark] ? benchmark(sandbox) : profile(sandbox)
end
def profile(sandbox)
load_ruby_prof
results = RubyProf.profile { benchmark(sandbox) }
show_profile_results results
results
end
def benchmark(sandbox)
sandbox.request_count = 0
elapsed = sandbox.benchmark(options[:n]).to_f
count = sandbox.request_count.to_i
puts '%.2f sec, %d requests, %d req/sec' % [elapsed, count, count / elapsed]
end
def warmup(sandbox)
Benchmark.realtime { sandbox.run }
end
def default_options
{ :n => 100, :open => 'open %s &' }
end
# Parse command-line options
def parse_options(args)
OptionParser.new do |opt|
opt.banner = "USAGE: #{$0} [options] [session script path]"
opt.on('-n', '--times [0000]', 'How many requests to process. Defaults to 100.') { |v| options[:n] = v.to_i }
opt.on('-b', '--benchmark', 'Benchmark instead of profiling') { |v| options[:benchmark] = v }
opt.on('--open [CMD]', 'Command to open profile results. Defaults to "open %s &"') { |v| options[:open] = v }
opt.on('-h', '--help', 'Show this help') { puts opt; exit }
opt.parse args
if args.empty?
puts opt
exit
end
options[:script] = args.pop
end
end
protected
def load_ruby_prof
begin
require 'ruby-prof'
#RubyProf.measure_mode = RubyProf::ALLOCATED_OBJECTS
rescue LoadError
abort '`gem install ruby-prof` to use the profiler'
end
end
def show_profile_results(results)
File.open "#{RAILS_ROOT}/tmp/profile-graph.html", 'w' do |file|
RubyProf::GraphHtmlPrinter.new(results).print(file)
`#{options[:open] % file.path}` if options[:open]
end
File.open "#{RAILS_ROOT}/tmp/profile-flat.txt", 'w' do |file|
RubyProf::FlatPrinter.new(results).print(file)
`#{options[:open] % file.path}` if options[:open]
end
end
end
end

View file

@ -0,0 +1,258 @@
module ActionController #:nodoc:
# Actions that fail to perform as expected throw exceptions. These exceptions can either be rescued for the public view
# (with a nice user-friendly explanation) or for the developers view (with tons of debugging information). The developers view
# is already implemented by the Action Controller, but the public view should be tailored to your specific application.
#
# The default behavior for public exceptions is to render a static html file with the name of the error code thrown. If no such
# file exists, an empty response is sent with the correct status code.
#
# You can override what constitutes a local request by overriding the <tt>local_request?</tt> method in your own controller.
# Custom rescue behavior is achieved by overriding the <tt>rescue_action_in_public</tt> and <tt>rescue_action_locally</tt> methods.
module Rescue
LOCALHOST = '127.0.0.1'.freeze
DEFAULT_RESCUE_RESPONSE = :internal_server_error
DEFAULT_RESCUE_RESPONSES = {
'ActionController::RoutingError' => :not_found,
'ActionController::UnknownAction' => :not_found,
'ActiveRecord::RecordNotFound' => :not_found,
'ActiveRecord::StaleObjectError' => :conflict,
'ActiveRecord::RecordInvalid' => :unprocessable_entity,
'ActiveRecord::RecordNotSaved' => :unprocessable_entity,
'ActionController::MethodNotAllowed' => :method_not_allowed,
'ActionController::NotImplemented' => :not_implemented,
'ActionController::InvalidAuthenticityToken' => :unprocessable_entity
}
DEFAULT_RESCUE_TEMPLATE = 'diagnostics'
DEFAULT_RESCUE_TEMPLATES = {
'ActionController::MissingTemplate' => 'missing_template',
'ActionController::RoutingError' => 'routing_error',
'ActionController::UnknownAction' => 'unknown_action',
'ActionView::TemplateError' => 'template_error'
}
def self.included(base) #:nodoc:
base.cattr_accessor :rescue_responses
base.rescue_responses = Hash.new(DEFAULT_RESCUE_RESPONSE)
base.rescue_responses.update DEFAULT_RESCUE_RESPONSES
base.cattr_accessor :rescue_templates
base.rescue_templates = Hash.new(DEFAULT_RESCUE_TEMPLATE)
base.rescue_templates.update DEFAULT_RESCUE_TEMPLATES
base.class_inheritable_array :rescue_handlers
base.rescue_handlers = []
base.extend(ClassMethods)
base.class_eval do
alias_method_chain :perform_action, :rescue
end
end
module ClassMethods
def process_with_exception(request, response, exception) #:nodoc:
new.process(request, response, :rescue_action, exception)
end
# Rescue exceptions raised in controller actions.
#
# <tt>rescue_from</tt> receives a series of exception classes or class
# names, and a trailing :with option with the name of a method or a Proc
# object to be called to handle them. Alternatively a block can be given.
#
# Handlers that take one argument will be called with the exception, so
# that the exception can be inspected when dealing with it.
#
# Handlers are inherited. They are searched from right to left, from
# bottom to top, and up the hierarchy. The handler of the first class for
# which exception.is_a?(klass) holds true is the one invoked, if any.
#
# class ApplicationController < ActionController::Base
# rescue_from User::NotAuthorized, :with => :deny_access # self defined exception
# rescue_from ActiveRecord::RecordInvalid, :with => :show_errors
#
# rescue_from 'MyAppError::Base' do |exception|
# render :xml => exception, :status => 500
# end
#
# protected
# def deny_access
# ...
# end
#
# def show_errors(exception)
# exception.record.new_record? ? ...
# end
# end
def rescue_from(*klasses, &block)
options = klasses.extract_options!
unless options.has_key?(:with)
block_given? ? options[:with] = block : raise(ArgumentError, "Need a handler. Supply an options hash that has a :with key as the last argument.")
end
klasses.each do |klass|
key = if klass.is_a?(Class) && klass <= Exception
klass.name
elsif klass.is_a?(String)
klass
else
raise(ArgumentError, "#{klass} is neither an Exception nor a String")
end
# Order is important, we put the pair at the end. When dealing with an
# exception we will follow the documented order going from right to left.
rescue_handlers << [key, options[:with]]
end
end
end
protected
# Exception handler called when the performance of an action raises an exception.
def rescue_action(exception)
log_error(exception) if logger
erase_results if performed?
# Let the exception alter the response if it wants.
# For example, MethodNotAllowed sets the Allow header.
if exception.respond_to?(:handle_response!)
exception.handle_response!(response)
end
if consider_all_requests_local || local_request?
rescue_action_locally(exception)
else
rescue_action_in_public(exception)
end
end
# Overwrite to implement custom logging of errors. By default logs as fatal.
def log_error(exception) #:doc:
ActiveSupport::Deprecation.silence do
if ActionView::TemplateError === exception
logger.fatal(exception.to_s)
else
logger.fatal(
"\n\n#{exception.class} (#{exception.message}):\n " +
clean_backtrace(exception).join("\n ") +
"\n\n"
)
end
end
end
# Overwrite to implement public exception handling (for requests answering false to <tt>local_request?</tt>). By
# default will call render_optional_error_file. Override this method to provide more user friendly error messages.s
def rescue_action_in_public(exception) #:doc:
render_optional_error_file response_code_for_rescue(exception)
end
# Attempts to render a static error page based on the <tt>status_code</tt> thrown,
# or just return headers if no such file exists. For example, if a 500 error is
# being handled Rails will first attempt to render the file at <tt>public/500.html</tt>.
# If the file doesn't exist, the body of the response will be left empty.
def render_optional_error_file(status_code)
status = interpret_status(status_code)
path = "#{RAILS_ROOT}/public/#{status[0,3]}.html"
if File.exist?(path)
render :file => path, :status => status
else
head status
end
end
# True if the request came from localhost, 127.0.0.1. Override this
# method if you wish to redefine the meaning of a local request to
# include remote IP addresses or other criteria.
def local_request? #:doc:
request.remote_addr == LOCALHOST and request.remote_ip == LOCALHOST
end
# Render detailed diagnostics for unhandled exceptions rescued from
# a controller action.
def rescue_action_locally(exception)
add_variables_to_assigns
@template.instance_variable_set("@exception", exception)
@template.instance_variable_set("@rescues_path", File.dirname(rescues_path("stub")))
@template.send!(:assign_variables_from_controller)
@template.instance_variable_set("@contents", @template.render_file(template_path_for_local_rescue(exception), false))
response.content_type = Mime::HTML
render_for_file(rescues_path("layout"), response_code_for_rescue(exception))
end
# Tries to rescue the exception by looking up and calling a registered handler.
def rescue_action_with_handler(exception)
if handler = handler_for_rescue(exception)
if handler.arity != 0
handler.call(exception)
else
handler.call
end
true # don't rely on the return value of the handler
end
end
private
def perform_action_with_rescue #:nodoc:
perform_action_without_rescue
rescue Exception => exception # errors from action performed
return if rescue_action_with_handler(exception)
rescue_action(exception)
end
def rescues_path(template_name)
"#{File.dirname(__FILE__)}/templates/rescues/#{template_name}.erb"
end
def template_path_for_local_rescue(exception)
rescues_path(rescue_templates[exception.class.name])
end
def response_code_for_rescue(exception)
rescue_responses[exception.class.name]
end
def handler_for_rescue(exception)
# We go from right to left because pairs are pushed onto rescue_handlers
# as rescue_from declarations are found.
_, handler = *rescue_handlers.reverse.detect do |klass_name, handler|
# The purpose of allowing strings in rescue_from is to support the
# declaration of handler associations for exception classes whose
# definition is yet unknown.
#
# Since this loop needs the constants it would be inconsistent to
# assume they should exist at this point. An early raised exception
# could trigger some other handler and the array could include
# precisely a string whose corresponding constant has not yet been
# seen. This is why we are tolerant to unknown constants.
#
# Note that this tolerance only matters if the exception was given as
# a string, otherwise a NameError will be raised by the interpreter
# itself when rescue_from CONSTANT is executed.
klass = self.class.const_get(klass_name) rescue nil
klass ||= klass_name.constantize rescue nil
exception.is_a?(klass) if klass
end
case handler
when Symbol
method(handler)
when Proc
handler.bind(self)
end
end
def clean_backtrace(exception)
if backtrace = exception.backtrace
if defined?(RAILS_ROOT)
backtrace.map { |line| line.sub RAILS_ROOT, '' }
else
backtrace
end
end
end
end
end

View file

@ -0,0 +1,529 @@
module ActionController
# == Overview
#
# ActionController::Resources are a way of defining RESTful resources. A RESTful resource, in basic terms,
# is something that can be pointed at and it will respond with a representation of the data requested.
# In real terms this could mean a user with a browser requests an HTML page, or that a desktop application
# requests XML data.
#
# RESTful design is based on the assumption that there are four generic verbs that a user of an
# application can request from a resource (the noun).
#
# Resources can be requested using four basic HTTP verbs (GET, POST, PUT, DELETE), the method used
# denotes the type of action that should take place.
#
# === The Different Methods and their Usage
#
# +GET+ Requests for a resource, no saving or editing of a resource should occur in a GET request
# +POST+ Creation of resources
# +PUT+ Editing of attributes on a resource
# +DELETE+ Deletion of a resource
#
# === Examples
#
# # A GET request on the Posts resource is asking for all Posts
# GET /posts
#
# # A GET request on a single Post resource is asking for that particular Post
# GET /posts/1
#
# # A POST request on the Posts resource is asking for a Post to be created with the supplied details
# POST /posts # with => { :post => { :title => "My Whizzy New Post", :body => "I've got a brand new combine harvester" } }
#
# # A PUT request on a single Post resource is asking for a Post to be updated
# PUT /posts # with => { :id => 1, :post => { :title => "Changed Whizzy Title" } }
#
# # A DELETE request on a single Post resource is asking for it to be deleted
# DELETE /posts # with => { :id => 1 }
#
# By using the REST convention, users of our application can assume certain things about how the data
# is requested and how it is returned. Rails simplifies the routing part of RESTful design by
# supplying you with methods to create them in your routes.rb file.
#
# Read more about REST at http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Representational_State_Transfer
module Resources
class Resource #:nodoc:
attr_reader :collection_methods, :member_methods, :new_methods
attr_reader :path_prefix, :name_prefix
attr_reader :plural, :singular
attr_reader :options
def initialize(entities, options)
@plural ||= entities
@singular ||= options[:singular] || plural.to_s.singularize
@options = options
arrange_actions
add_default_actions
set_prefixes
end
def controller
@controller ||= "#{options[:namespace]}#{(options[:controller] || plural).to_s}"
end
def requirements(with_id = false)
@requirements ||= @options[:requirements] || {}
@id_requirement ||= { :id => @requirements.delete(:id) || /[^#{Routing::SEPARATORS.join}]+/ }
with_id ? @requirements.merge(@id_requirement) : @requirements
end
def conditions
@conditions = @options[:conditions] || {}
end
def path
@path ||= "#{path_prefix}/#{plural}"
end
def new_path
@new_path ||= "#{path}/new"
end
def member_path
@member_path ||= "#{path}/:id"
end
def nesting_path_prefix
@nesting_path_prefix ||= "#{path}/:#{singular}_id"
end
def nesting_name_prefix
"#{name_prefix}#{singular}_"
end
def action_separator
@action_separator ||= Base.resource_action_separator
end
def uncountable?
@singular.to_s == @plural.to_s
end
protected
def arrange_actions
@collection_methods = arrange_actions_by_methods(options.delete(:collection))
@member_methods = arrange_actions_by_methods(options.delete(:member))
@new_methods = arrange_actions_by_methods(options.delete(:new))
end
def add_default_actions
add_default_action(member_methods, :get, :edit)
add_default_action(new_methods, :get, :new)
end
def set_prefixes
@path_prefix = options.delete(:path_prefix)
@name_prefix = options.delete(:name_prefix)
end
def arrange_actions_by_methods(actions)
(actions || {}).inject({}) do |flipped_hash, (key, value)|
(flipped_hash[value] ||= []) << key
flipped_hash
end
end
def add_default_action(collection, method, action)
(collection[method] ||= []).unshift(action)
end
end
class SingletonResource < Resource #:nodoc:
def initialize(entity, options)
@singular = @plural = entity
options[:controller] ||= @singular.to_s.pluralize
super
end
alias_method :member_path, :path
alias_method :nesting_path_prefix, :path
end
# Creates named routes for implementing verb-oriented controllers
# for a collection resource.
#
# For example:
#
# map.resources :messages
#
# will map the following actions in the corresponding controller:
#
# class MessagesController < ActionController::Base
# # GET messages_url
# def index
# # return all messages
# end
#
# # GET new_message_url
# def new
# # return an HTML form for describing a new message
# end
#
# # POST messages_url
# def create
# # create a new message
# end
#
# # GET message_url(:id => 1)
# def show
# # find and return a specific message
# end
#
# # GET edit_message_url(:id => 1)
# def edit
# # return an HTML form for editing a specific message
# end
#
# # PUT message_url(:id => 1)
# def update
# # find and update a specific message
# end
#
# # DELETE message_url(:id => 1)
# def destroy
# # delete a specific message
# end
# end
#
# Along with the routes themselves, #resources generates named routes for use in
# controllers and views. <tt>map.resources :messages</tt> produces the following named routes and helpers:
#
# Named Route Helpers
# ============ =====================================================
# messages messages_url, hash_for_messages_url,
# messages_path, hash_for_messages_path
#
# message message_url(id), hash_for_message_url(id),
# message_path(id), hash_for_message_path(id)
#
# new_message new_message_url, hash_for_new_message_url,
# new_message_path, hash_for_new_message_path
#
# edit_message edit_message_url(id), hash_for_edit_message_url(id),
# edit_message_path(id), hash_for_edit_message_path(id)
#
# You can use these helpers instead of #url_for or methods that take #url_for parameters. For example:
#
# redirect_to :controller => 'messages', :action => 'index'
# # and
# <%= link_to "edit this message", :controller => 'messages', :action => 'edit', :id => @message.id %>
#
# now become:
#
# redirect_to messages_url
# # and
# <%= link_to "edit this message", edit_message_url(@message) # calls @message.id automatically
#
# Since web browsers don't support the PUT and DELETE verbs, you will need to add a parameter '_method' to your
# form tags. The form helpers make this a little easier. For an update form with a <tt>@message</tt> object:
#
# <%= form_tag message_path(@message), :method => :put %>
#
# or
#
# <% form_for :message, @message, :url => message_path(@message), :html => {:method => :put} do |f| %>
#
# The #resources method accepts the following options to customize the resulting routes:
# * <tt>:collection</tt> - add named routes for other actions that operate on the collection.
# Takes a hash of <tt>#{action} => #{method}</tt>, where method is <tt>:get</tt>/<tt>:post</tt>/<tt>:put</tt>/<tt>:delete</tt>
# or <tt>:any</tt> if the method does not matter. These routes map to a URL like /messages/rss, with a route of rss_messages_url.
# * <tt>:member</tt> - same as :collection, but for actions that operate on a specific member.
# * <tt>:new</tt> - same as :collection, but for actions that operate on the new resource action.
# * <tt>:controller</tt> - specify the controller name for the routes.
# * <tt>:singular</tt> - specify the singular name used in the member routes.
# * <tt>:requirements</tt> - set custom routing parameter requirements.
# * <tt>:conditions</tt> - specify custom routing recognition conditions. Resources sets the :method value for the method-specific routes.
# * <tt>:path_prefix</tt> - set a prefix to the routes with required route variables.
#
# Weblog comments usually belong to a post, so you might use resources like:
#
# map.resources :articles
# map.resources :comments, :path_prefix => '/articles/:article_id'
#
# You can nest resources calls to set this automatically:
#
# map.resources :articles do |article|
# article.resources :comments
# end
#
# The comment resources work the same, but must now include a value for :article_id.
#
# article_comments_url(@article)
# article_comment_url(@article, @comment)
#
# article_comments_url(:article_id => @article)
# article_comment_url(:article_id => @article, :id => @comment)
#
# * <tt>:name_prefix</tt> - define a prefix for all generated routes, usually ending in an underscore.
# Use this if you have named routes that may clash.
#
# map.resources :tags, :path_prefix => '/books/:book_id', :name_prefix => 'book_'
# map.resources :tags, :path_prefix => '/toys/:toy_id', :name_prefix => 'toy_'
#
# You may also use :name_prefix to override the generic named routes in a nested resource:
#
# map.resources :articles do |article|
# article.resources :comments, :name_prefix => nil
# end
#
# This will yield named resources like so:
#
# comments_url(@article)
# comment_url(@article, @comment)
#
# If <tt>map.resources</tt> is called with multiple resources, they all get the same options applied.
#
# Examples:
#
# map.resources :messages, :path_prefix => "/thread/:thread_id"
# # --> GET /thread/7/messages/1
#
# map.resources :messages, :collection => { :rss => :get }
# # --> GET /messages/rss (maps to the #rss action)
# # also adds a named route called "rss_messages"
#
# map.resources :messages, :member => { :mark => :post }
# # --> POST /messages/1/mark (maps to the #mark action)
# # also adds a named route called "mark_message"
#
# map.resources :messages, :new => { :preview => :post }
# # --> POST /messages/new/preview (maps to the #preview action)
# # also adds a named route called "preview_new_message"
#
# map.resources :messages, :new => { :new => :any, :preview => :post }
# # --> POST /messages/new/preview (maps to the #preview action)
# # also adds a named route called "preview_new_message"
# # --> /messages/new can be invoked via any request method
#
# map.resources :messages, :controller => "categories",
# :path_prefix => "/category/:category_id",
# :name_prefix => "category_"
# # --> GET /categories/7/messages/1
# # has named route "category_message"
#
# The #resources method sets HTTP method restrictions on the routes it generates. For example, making an
# HTTP POST on <tt>new_message_url</tt> will raise a RoutingError exception. The default route in
# <tt>config/routes.rb</tt> overrides this and allows invalid HTTP methods for resource routes.
def resources(*entities, &block)
options = entities.extract_options!
entities.each { |entity| map_resource(entity, options.dup, &block) }
end
# Creates named routes for implementing verb-oriented controllers for a singleton resource.
# A singleton resource is global to its current context. For unnested singleton resources,
# the resource is global to the current user visiting the application, such as a user's
# /account profile. For nested singleton resources, the resource is global to its parent
# resource, such as a <tt>projects</tt> resource that <tt>has_one :project_manager</tt>.
# The <tt>project_manager</tt> should be mapped as a singleton resource under <tt>projects</tt>:
#
# map.resources :projects do |project|
# project.resource :project_manager
# end
#
# See map.resources for general conventions. These are the main differences:
# * A singular name is given to map.resource. The default controller name is still taken from the plural name.
# * To specify a custom plural name, use the :plural option. There is no :singular option.
# * No default index route is created for the singleton resource controller.
# * When nesting singleton resources, only the singular name is used as the path prefix (example: 'account/messages/1')
#
# For example:
#
# map.resource :account
#
# maps these actions in the Accounts controller:
#
# class AccountsController < ActionController::Base
# # GET new_account_url
# def new
# # return an HTML form for describing the new account
# end
#
# # POST account_url
# def create
# # create an account
# end
#
# # GET account_url
# def show
# # find and return the account
# end
#
# # GET edit_account_url
# def edit
# # return an HTML form for editing the account
# end
#
# # PUT account_url
# def update
# # find and update the account
# end
#
# # DELETE account_url
# def destroy
# # delete the account
# end
# end
#
# Along with the routes themselves, #resource generates named routes for
# use in controllers and views. <tt>map.resource :account</tt> produces
# these named routes and helpers:
#
# Named Route Helpers
# ============ =============================================
# account account_url, hash_for_account_url,
# account_path, hash_for_account_path
#
# new_account new_account_url, hash_for_new_account_url,
# new_account_path, hash_for_new_account_path
#
# edit_account edit_account_url, hash_for_edit_account_url,
# edit_account_path, hash_for_edit_account_path
def resource(*entities, &block)
options = entities.extract_options!
entities.each { |entity| map_singleton_resource(entity, options.dup, &block) }
end
private
def map_resource(entities, options = {}, &block)
resource = Resource.new(entities, options)
with_options :controller => resource.controller do |map|
map_collection_actions(map, resource)
map_default_collection_actions(map, resource)
map_new_actions(map, resource)
map_member_actions(map, resource)
map_associations(resource, options)
if block_given?
with_options(:path_prefix => resource.nesting_path_prefix, :name_prefix => resource.nesting_name_prefix, :namespace => options[:namespace], &block)
end
end
end
def map_singleton_resource(entities, options = {}, &block)
resource = SingletonResource.new(entities, options)
with_options :controller => resource.controller do |map|
map_collection_actions(map, resource)
map_default_singleton_actions(map, resource)
map_new_actions(map, resource)
map_member_actions(map, resource)
map_associations(resource, options)
if block_given?
with_options(:path_prefix => resource.nesting_path_prefix, :name_prefix => resource.nesting_name_prefix, :namespace => options[:namespace], &block)
end
end
end
def map_associations(resource, options)
path_prefix = "#{options.delete(:path_prefix)}#{resource.nesting_path_prefix}"
name_prefix = "#{options.delete(:name_prefix)}#{resource.nesting_name_prefix}"
Array(options[:has_many]).each do |association|
resources(association, :path_prefix => path_prefix, :name_prefix => name_prefix, :namespace => options[:namespace])
end
Array(options[:has_one]).each do |association|
resource(association, :path_prefix => path_prefix, :name_prefix => name_prefix, :namespace => options[:namespace])
end
end
def map_collection_actions(map, resource)
resource.collection_methods.each do |method, actions|
actions.each do |action|
action_options = action_options_for(action, resource, method)
map.named_route("#{action}_#{resource.name_prefix}#{resource.plural}", "#{resource.path}#{resource.action_separator}#{action}", action_options)
map.named_route("formatted_#{action}_#{resource.name_prefix}#{resource.plural}", "#{resource.path}#{resource.action_separator}#{action}.:format", action_options)
end
end
end
def map_default_collection_actions(map, resource)
index_action_options = action_options_for("index", resource)
index_route_name = "#{resource.name_prefix}#{resource.plural}"
if resource.uncountable?
index_route_name << "_index"
end
map.named_route(index_route_name, resource.path, index_action_options)
map.named_route("formatted_#{index_route_name}", "#{resource.path}.:format", index_action_options)
create_action_options = action_options_for("create", resource)
map.connect(resource.path, create_action_options)
map.connect("#{resource.path}.:format", create_action_options)
end
def map_default_singleton_actions(map, resource)
create_action_options = action_options_for("create", resource)
map.connect(resource.path, create_action_options)
map.connect("#{resource.path}.:format", create_action_options)
end
def map_new_actions(map, resource)
resource.new_methods.each do |method, actions|
actions.each do |action|
action_options = action_options_for(action, resource, method)
if action == :new
map.named_route("new_#{resource.name_prefix}#{resource.singular}", resource.new_path, action_options)
map.named_route("formatted_new_#{resource.name_prefix}#{resource.singular}", "#{resource.new_path}.:format", action_options)
else
map.named_route("#{action}_new_#{resource.name_prefix}#{resource.singular}", "#{resource.new_path}#{resource.action_separator}#{action}", action_options)
map.named_route("formatted_#{action}_new_#{resource.name_prefix}#{resource.singular}", "#{resource.new_path}#{resource.action_separator}#{action}.:format", action_options)
end
end
end
end
def map_member_actions(map, resource)
resource.member_methods.each do |method, actions|
actions.each do |action|
action_options = action_options_for(action, resource, method)
map.named_route("#{action}_#{resource.name_prefix}#{resource.singular}", "#{resource.member_path}#{resource.action_separator}#{action}", action_options)
map.named_route("formatted_#{action}_#{resource.name_prefix}#{resource.singular}", "#{resource.member_path}#{resource.action_separator}#{action}.:format",action_options)
end
end
show_action_options = action_options_for("show", resource)
map.named_route("#{resource.name_prefix}#{resource.singular}", resource.member_path, show_action_options)
map.named_route("formatted_#{resource.name_prefix}#{resource.singular}", "#{resource.member_path}.:format", show_action_options)
update_action_options = action_options_for("update", resource)
map.connect(resource.member_path, update_action_options)
map.connect("#{resource.member_path}.:format", update_action_options)
destroy_action_options = action_options_for("destroy", resource)
map.connect(resource.member_path, destroy_action_options)
map.connect("#{resource.member_path}.:format", destroy_action_options)
end
def add_conditions_for(conditions, method)
returning({:conditions => conditions.dup}) do |options|
options[:conditions][:method] = method unless method == :any
end
end
def action_options_for(action, resource, method = nil)
default_options = { :action => action.to_s }
require_id = !resource.kind_of?(SingletonResource)
case default_options[:action]
when "index", "new"; default_options.merge(add_conditions_for(resource.conditions, method || :get)).merge(resource.requirements)
when "create"; default_options.merge(add_conditions_for(resource.conditions, method || :post)).merge(resource.requirements)
when "show", "edit"; default_options.merge(add_conditions_for(resource.conditions, method || :get)).merge(resource.requirements(require_id))
when "update"; default_options.merge(add_conditions_for(resource.conditions, method || :put)).merge(resource.requirements(require_id))
when "destroy"; default_options.merge(add_conditions_for(resource.conditions, method || :delete)).merge(resource.requirements(require_id))
else default_options.merge(add_conditions_for(resource.conditions, method)).merge(resource.requirements)
end
end
end
end
class ActionController::Routing::RouteSet::Mapper
include ActionController::Resources
end

View file

@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
require 'digest/md5'
module ActionController
class AbstractResponse #:nodoc:
DEFAULT_HEADERS = { "Cache-Control" => "no-cache" }
attr_accessor :request
attr_accessor :body, :headers, :session, :cookies, :assigns, :template, :redirected_to, :redirected_to_method_params, :layout
def initialize
@body, @headers, @session, @assigns = "", DEFAULT_HEADERS.merge("cookie" => []), [], []
end
def content_type=(mime_type)
self.headers["Content-Type"] = charset ? "#{mime_type}; charset=#{charset}" : mime_type
end
def content_type
content_type = String(headers["Content-Type"] || headers["type"]).split(";")[0]
content_type.blank? ? nil : content_type
end
def charset=(encoding)
self.headers["Content-Type"] = "#{content_type || Mime::HTML}; charset=#{encoding}"
end
def charset
charset = String(headers["Content-Type"] || headers["type"]).split(";")[1]
charset.blank? ? nil : charset.strip.split("=")[1]
end
def redirect(to_url, response_status)
self.headers["Status"] = response_status
self.headers["Location"] = to_url
self.body = "<html><body>You are being <a href=\"#{to_url}\">redirected</a>.</body></html>"
end
def prepare!
handle_conditional_get!
convert_content_type!
set_content_length!
end
private
def handle_conditional_get!
if body.is_a?(String) && (headers['Status'] ? headers['Status'][0..2] == '200' : true) && !body.empty?
self.headers['ETag'] ||= %("#{Digest::MD5.hexdigest(body)}")
self.headers['Cache-Control'] = 'private, max-age=0, must-revalidate' if headers['Cache-Control'] == DEFAULT_HEADERS['Cache-Control']
if request.headers['HTTP_IF_NONE_MATCH'] == headers['ETag']
self.headers['Status'] = '304 Not Modified'
self.body = ''
end
end
end
def convert_content_type!
if content_type = headers.delete("Content-Type")
self.headers["type"] = content_type
end
if content_type = headers.delete("Content-type")
self.headers["type"] = content_type
end
if content_type = headers.delete("content-type")
self.headers["type"] = content_type
end
end
# Don't set the Content-Length for block-based bodies as that would mean reading it all into memory. Not nice
# for, say, a 2GB streaming file.
def set_content_length!
self.headers["Content-Length"] = body.size unless body.respond_to?(:call)
end
end
end

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

View file

@ -0,0 +1,119 @@
module ActionController
module Routing
# Much of the slow performance from routes comes from the
# complexity of expiry, :requirements matching, defaults providing
# and figuring out which url pattern to use. With named routes
# we can avoid the expense of finding the right route. So if
# they've provided the right number of arguments, and have no
# :requirements, we can just build up a string and return it.
#
# To support building optimisations for other common cases, the
# generation code is separated into several classes
module Optimisation
def generate_optimisation_block(route, kind)
return "" unless route.optimise?
OPTIMISERS.inject("") do |memo, klazz|
memo << klazz.new(route, kind).source_code
memo
end
end
class Optimiser
attr_reader :route, :kind
def initialize(route, kind)
@route = route
@kind = kind
end
def guard_condition
'false'
end
def generation_code
'nil'
end
def source_code
if applicable?
"return #{generation_code} if #{guard_condition}\n"
else
"\n"
end
end
# Temporarily disabled :url optimisation pending proper solution to
# Issues around request.host etc.
def applicable?
true
end
end
# Given a route:
# map.person '/people/:id'
#
# If the user calls person_url(@person), we can simply
# return a string like "/people/#{@person.to_param}"
# rather than triggering the expensive logic in url_for
class PositionalArguments < Optimiser
def guard_condition
number_of_arguments = route.segment_keys.size
# if they're using foo_url(:id=>2) it's one
# argument, but we don't want to generate /foos/id2
if number_of_arguments == 1
"defined?(request) && request && args.size == 1 && !args.first.is_a?(Hash)"
else
"defined?(request) && request && args.size == #{number_of_arguments}"
end
end
def generation_code
elements = []
idx = 0
if kind == :url
elements << '#{request.protocol}'
elements << '#{request.host_with_port}'
end
elements << '#{request.relative_url_root if request.relative_url_root}'
# The last entry in route.segments appears to # *always* be a
# 'divider segment' for '/' but we have assertions to ensure that
# we don't include the trailing slashes, so skip them.
(route.segments.size == 1 ? route.segments : route.segments[0..-2]).each do |segment|
if segment.is_a?(DynamicSegment)
elements << segment.interpolation_chunk("args[#{idx}].to_param")
idx += 1
else
elements << segment.interpolation_chunk
end
end
%("#{elements * ''}")
end
end
# This case is mostly the same as the positional arguments case
# above, but it supports additional query parameters as the last
# argument
class PositionalArgumentsWithAdditionalParams < PositionalArguments
def guard_condition
"defined?(request) && request && args.size == #{route.segment_keys.size + 1} && !args.last.has_key?(:anchor) && !args.last.has_key?(:port) && !args.last.has_key?(:host)"
end
# This case uses almost the same code as positional arguments,
# but add an args.last.to_query on the end
def generation_code
super.insert(-2, '?#{args.last.to_query}')
end
# To avoid generating http://localhost/?host=foo.example.com we
# can't use this optimisation on routes without any segments
def applicable?
super && route.segment_keys.size > 0
end
end
OPTIMISERS = [PositionalArguments, PositionalArgumentsWithAdditionalParams]
end
end
end

View file

@ -0,0 +1,336 @@
require 'cgi'
require 'cgi/session'
require 'digest/md5'
require 'base64'
class CGI
class Session
attr_reader :data
# Return this session's underlying Session instance. Useful for the DB-backed session stores.
def model
@dbman.model if @dbman
end
# A session store backed by an Active Record class. A default class is
# provided, but any object duck-typing to an Active Record +Session+ class
# with text +session_id+ and +data+ attributes is sufficient.
#
# The default assumes a +sessions+ tables with columns:
# +id+ (numeric primary key),
# +session_id+ (text, or longtext if your session data exceeds 65K), and
# +data+ (text or longtext; careful if your session data exceeds 65KB).
# The +session_id+ column should always be indexed for speedy lookups.
# Session data is marshaled to the +data+ column in Base64 format.
# If the data you write is larger than the column's size limit,
# ActionController::SessionOverflowError will be raised.
#
# You may configure the table name, primary key, and data column.
# For example, at the end of config/environment.rb:
# CGI::Session::ActiveRecordStore::Session.table_name = 'legacy_session_table'
# CGI::Session::ActiveRecordStore::Session.primary_key = 'session_id'
# CGI::Session::ActiveRecordStore::Session.data_column_name = 'legacy_session_data'
# Note that setting the primary key to the session_id frees you from
# having a separate id column if you don't want it. However, you must
# set session.model.id = session.session_id by hand! A before_filter
# on ApplicationController is a good place.
#
# Since the default class is a simple Active Record, you get timestamps
# for free if you add +created_at+ and +updated_at+ datetime columns to
# the +sessions+ table, making periodic session expiration a snap.
#
# You may provide your own session class implementation, whether a
# feature-packed Active Record or a bare-metal high-performance SQL
# store, by setting
# +CGI::Session::ActiveRecordStore.session_class = MySessionClass+
# You must implement these methods:
# self.find_by_session_id(session_id)
# initialize(hash_of_session_id_and_data)
# attr_reader :session_id
# attr_accessor :data
# save
# destroy
#
# The example SqlBypass class is a generic SQL session store. You may
# use it as a basis for high-performance database-specific stores.
class ActiveRecordStore
# The default Active Record class.
class Session < ActiveRecord::Base
# Customizable data column name. Defaults to 'data'.
cattr_accessor :data_column_name
self.data_column_name = 'data'
before_save :marshal_data!
before_save :raise_on_session_data_overflow!
class << self
# Don't try to reload ARStore::Session in dev mode.
def reloadable? #:nodoc:
false
end
def data_column_size_limit
@data_column_size_limit ||= columns_hash[@@data_column_name].limit
end
# Hook to set up sessid compatibility.
def find_by_session_id(session_id)
setup_sessid_compatibility!
find_by_session_id(session_id)
end
def marshal(data) Base64.encode64(Marshal.dump(data)) if data end
def unmarshal(data) Marshal.load(Base64.decode64(data)) if data end
def create_table!
connection.execute <<-end_sql
CREATE TABLE #{table_name} (
id INTEGER PRIMARY KEY,
#{connection.quote_column_name('session_id')} TEXT UNIQUE,
#{connection.quote_column_name(@@data_column_name)} TEXT(255)
)
end_sql
end
def drop_table!
connection.execute "DROP TABLE #{table_name}"
end
private
# Compatibility with tables using sessid instead of session_id.
def setup_sessid_compatibility!
# Reset column info since it may be stale.
reset_column_information
if columns_hash['sessid']
def self.find_by_session_id(*args)
find_by_sessid(*args)
end
define_method(:session_id) { sessid }
define_method(:session_id=) { |session_id| self.sessid = session_id }
else
def self.find_by_session_id(session_id)
find :first, :conditions => ["session_id #{attribute_condition(session_id)}", session_id]
end
end
end
end
# Lazy-unmarshal session state.
def data
@data ||= self.class.unmarshal(read_attribute(@@data_column_name)) || {}
end
attr_writer :data
# Has the session been loaded yet?
def loaded?
!! @data
end
private
def marshal_data!
return false if !loaded?
write_attribute(@@data_column_name, self.class.marshal(self.data))
end
# Ensures that the data about to be stored in the database is not
# larger than the data storage column. Raises
# ActionController::SessionOverflowError.
def raise_on_session_data_overflow!
return false if !loaded?
limit = self.class.data_column_size_limit
if loaded? and limit and read_attribute(@@data_column_name).size > limit
raise ActionController::SessionOverflowError
end
end
end
# A barebones session store which duck-types with the default session
# store but bypasses Active Record and issues SQL directly. This is
# an example session model class meant as a basis for your own classes.
#
# The database connection, table name, and session id and data columns
# are configurable class attributes. Marshaling and unmarshaling
# are implemented as class methods that you may override. By default,
# marshaling data is +Base64.encode64(Marshal.dump(data))+ and
# unmarshaling data is +Marshal.load(Base64.decode64(data))+.
#
# This marshaling behavior is intended to store the widest range of
# binary session data in a +text+ column. For higher performance,
# store in a +blob+ column instead and forgo the Base64 encoding.
class SqlBypass
# Use the ActiveRecord::Base.connection by default.
cattr_accessor :connection
# The table name defaults to 'sessions'.
cattr_accessor :table_name
@@table_name = 'sessions'
# The session id field defaults to 'session_id'.
cattr_accessor :session_id_column
@@session_id_column = 'session_id'
# The data field defaults to 'data'.
cattr_accessor :data_column
@@data_column = 'data'
class << self
def connection
@@connection ||= ActiveRecord::Base.connection
end
# Look up a session by id and unmarshal its data if found.
def find_by_session_id(session_id)
if record = @@connection.select_one("SELECT * FROM #{@@table_name} WHERE #{@@session_id_column}=#{@@connection.quote(session_id)}")
new(:session_id => session_id, :marshaled_data => record['data'])
end
end
def marshal(data) Base64.encode64(Marshal.dump(data)) if data end
def unmarshal(data) Marshal.load(Base64.decode64(data)) if data end
def create_table!
@@connection.execute <<-end_sql
CREATE TABLE #{table_name} (
id INTEGER PRIMARY KEY,
#{@@connection.quote_column_name(session_id_column)} TEXT UNIQUE,
#{@@connection.quote_column_name(data_column)} TEXT
)
end_sql
end
def drop_table!
@@connection.execute "DROP TABLE #{table_name}"
end
end
attr_reader :session_id
attr_writer :data
# Look for normal and marshaled data, self.find_by_session_id's way of
# telling us to postpone unmarshaling until the data is requested.
# We need to handle a normal data attribute in case of a new record.
def initialize(attributes)
@session_id, @data, @marshaled_data = attributes[:session_id], attributes[:data], attributes[:marshaled_data]
@new_record = @marshaled_data.nil?
end
def new_record?
@new_record
end
# Lazy-unmarshal session state.
def data
unless @data
if @marshaled_data
@data, @marshaled_data = self.class.unmarshal(@marshaled_data) || {}, nil
else
@data = {}
end
end
@data
end
def loaded?
!! @data
end
def save
return false if !loaded?
marshaled_data = self.class.marshal(data)
if @new_record
@new_record = false
@@connection.update <<-end_sql, 'Create session'
INSERT INTO #{@@table_name} (
#{@@connection.quote_column_name(@@session_id_column)},
#{@@connection.quote_column_name(@@data_column)} )
VALUES (
#{@@connection.quote(session_id)},
#{@@connection.quote(marshaled_data)} )
end_sql
else
@@connection.update <<-end_sql, 'Update session'
UPDATE #{@@table_name}
SET #{@@connection.quote_column_name(@@data_column)}=#{@@connection.quote(marshaled_data)}
WHERE #{@@connection.quote_column_name(@@session_id_column)}=#{@@connection.quote(session_id)}
end_sql
end
end
def destroy
unless @new_record
@@connection.delete <<-end_sql, 'Destroy session'
DELETE FROM #{@@table_name}
WHERE #{@@connection.quote_column_name(@@session_id_column)}=#{@@connection.quote(session_id)}
end_sql
end
end
end
# The class used for session storage. Defaults to
# CGI::Session::ActiveRecordStore::Session.
cattr_accessor :session_class
self.session_class = Session
# Find or instantiate a session given a CGI::Session.
def initialize(session, option = nil)
session_id = session.session_id
unless @session = ActiveRecord::Base.silence { @@session_class.find_by_session_id(session_id) }
unless session.new_session
raise CGI::Session::NoSession, 'uninitialized session'
end
@session = @@session_class.new(:session_id => session_id, :data => {})
# session saving can be lazy again, because of improved component implementation
# therefore next line gets commented out:
# @session.save
end
end
# Access the underlying session model.
def model
@session
end
# Restore session state. The session model handles unmarshaling.
def restore
if @session
@session.data
end
end
# Save session store.
def update
if @session
ActiveRecord::Base.silence { @session.save }
end
end
# Save and close the session store.
def close
if @session
update
@session = nil
end
end
# Delete and close the session store.
def delete
if @session
ActiveRecord::Base.silence { @session.destroy }
@session = nil
end
end
protected
def logger
ActionController::Base.logger rescue nil
end
end
end
end

View file

@ -0,0 +1,164 @@
require 'cgi'
require 'cgi/session'
require 'base64' # to convert Marshal.dump to ASCII
require 'openssl' # to generate the HMAC message digest
# This cookie-based session store is the Rails default. Sessions typically
# contain at most a user_id and flash message; both fit within the 4K cookie
# size limit. Cookie-based sessions are dramatically faster than the
# alternatives.
#
# If you have more than 4K of session data or don't want your data to be
# visible to the user, pick another session store.
#
# CookieOverflow is raised if you attempt to store more than 4K of data.
# TamperedWithCookie is raised if the data integrity check fails.
#
# A message digest is included with the cookie to ensure data integrity:
# a user cannot alter his user_id without knowing the secret key included in
# the hash. New apps are generated with a pregenerated secret in
# config/environment.rb. Set your own for old apps you're upgrading.
#
# Session options:
# :secret An application-wide key string or block returning a string
# called per generated digest. The block is called with the
# CGI::Session instance as an argument. It's important that the
# secret is not vulnerable to a dictionary attack. Therefore,
# you should choose a secret consisting of random numbers and
# letters and more than 30 characters.
#
# Example: :secret => '449fe2e7daee471bffae2fd8dc02313d'
# :secret => Proc.new { User.current_user.secret_key }
#
# :digest The message digest algorithm used to verify session integrity
# defaults to 'SHA1' but may be any digest provided by OpenSSL,
# such as 'MD5', 'RIPEMD160', 'SHA256', etc.
#
# To generate a secret key for an existing application, run
# `rake secret` and set the key in config/environment.rb
#
# Note that changing digest or secret invalidates all existing sessions!
class CGI::Session::CookieStore
# Cookies can typically store 4096 bytes.
MAX = 4096
SECRET_MIN_LENGTH = 30 # characters
# Raised when storing more than 4K of session data.
class CookieOverflow < StandardError; end
# Raised when the cookie fails its integrity check.
class TamperedWithCookie < StandardError; end
# Called from CGI::Session only.
def initialize(session, options = {})
# The session_key option is required.
if options['session_key'].blank?
raise ArgumentError, 'A session_key is required to write a cookie containing the session data. Use config.action_controller.session = { :session_key => "_myapp_session", :secret => "some secret phrase" } in config/environment.rb'
end
# The secret option is required.
ensure_secret_secure(options['secret'])
# Keep the session and its secret on hand so we can read and write cookies.
@session, @secret = session, options['secret']
# Message digest defaults to SHA1.
@digest = options['digest'] || 'SHA1'
# Default cookie options derived from session settings.
@cookie_options = {
'name' => options['session_key'],
'path' => options['session_path'],
'domain' => options['session_domain'],
'expires' => options['session_expires'],
'secure' => options['session_secure']
}
# Set no_hidden and no_cookies since the session id is unused and we
# set our own data cookie.
options['no_hidden'] = true
options['no_cookies'] = true
end
# To prevent users from using something insecure like "Password" we make sure that the
# secret they've provided is at least 30 characters in length.
def ensure_secret_secure(secret)
# There's no way we can do this check if they've provided a proc for the
# secret.
return true if secret.is_a?(Proc)
if secret.blank?
raise ArgumentError, %Q{A secret is required to generate an integrity hash for cookie session data. Use config.action_controller.session = { :session_key => "_myapp_session", :secret => "some secret phrase of at least #{SECRET_MIN_LENGTH} characters" } in config/environment.rb}
end
if secret.length < SECRET_MIN_LENGTH
raise ArgumentError, %Q{Secret should be something secure, like "#{CGI::Session.generate_unique_id}". The value you provided, "#{secret}", is shorter than the minimum length of #{SECRET_MIN_LENGTH} characters}
end
end
# Restore session data from the cookie.
def restore
@original = read_cookie
@data = unmarshal(@original) || {}
end
# Wait until close to write the session data cookie.
def update; end
# Write the session data cookie if it was loaded and has changed.
def close
if defined?(@data) && !@data.blank?
updated = marshal(@data)
raise CookieOverflow if updated.size > MAX
write_cookie('value' => updated) unless updated == @original
end
end
# Delete the session data by setting an expired cookie with no data.
def delete
@data = nil
clear_old_cookie_value
write_cookie('value' => '', 'expires' => 1.year.ago)
end
# Generate the HMAC keyed message digest. Uses SHA1 by default.
def generate_digest(data)
key = @secret.respond_to?(:call) ? @secret.call(@session) : @secret
OpenSSL::HMAC.hexdigest(OpenSSL::Digest::Digest.new(@digest), key, data)
end
private
# Marshal a session hash into safe cookie data. Include an integrity hash.
def marshal(session)
data = Base64.encode64(Marshal.dump(session)).chop
CGI.escape "#{data}--#{generate_digest(data)}"
end
# Unmarshal cookie data to a hash and verify its integrity.
def unmarshal(cookie)
if cookie
data, digest = CGI.unescape(cookie).split('--')
unless digest == generate_digest(data)
delete
raise TamperedWithCookie
end
Marshal.load(Base64.decode64(data))
end
end
# Read the session data cookie.
def read_cookie
@session.cgi.cookies[@cookie_options['name']].first
end
# CGI likes to make you hack.
def write_cookie(options)
cookie = CGI::Cookie.new(@cookie_options.merge(options))
@session.cgi.send :instance_variable_set, '@output_cookies', [cookie]
end
# Clear cookie value so subsequent new_session doesn't reload old data.
def clear_old_cookie_value
@session.cgi.cookies[@cookie_options['name']].clear
end
end

View file

@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
#!/usr/local/bin/ruby -w
# This is a really simple session storage daemon, basically just a hash,
# which is enabled for DRb access.
require 'drb'
session_hash = Hash.new
session_hash.instance_eval { @mutex = Mutex.new }
class <<session_hash
def []=(key, value)
@mutex.synchronize do
super(key, value)
end
end
def [](key)
@mutex.synchronize do
super(key)
end
end
def delete(key)
@mutex.synchronize do
super(key)
end
end
end
DRb.start_service('druby://127.0.0.1:9192', session_hash)
DRb.thread.join

View file

@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
require 'cgi'
require 'cgi/session'
require 'drb'
class CGI #:nodoc:all
class Session
class DRbStore
@@session_data = DRbObject.new(nil, 'druby://localhost:9192')
def initialize(session, option=nil)
@session_id = session.session_id
end
def restore
@h = @@session_data[@session_id] || {}
end
def update
@@session_data[@session_id] = @h
end
def close
update
end
def delete
@@session_data.delete(@session_id)
end
def data
@@session_data[@session_id]
end
end
end
end

View file

@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
# cgi/session/memcached.rb - persistent storage of marshalled session data
#
# == Overview
#
# This file provides the CGI::Session::MemCache class, which builds
# persistence of storage data on top of the MemCache library. See
# cgi/session.rb for more details on session storage managers.
#
begin
require 'cgi/session'
require_library_or_gem 'memcache'
class CGI
class Session
# MemCache-based session storage class.
#
# This builds upon the top-level MemCache class provided by the
# library file memcache.rb. Session data is marshalled and stored
# in a memcached cache.
class MemCacheStore
def check_id(id) #:nodoc:#
/[^0-9a-zA-Z]+/ =~ id.to_s ? false : true
end
# Create a new CGI::Session::MemCache instance
#
# This constructor is used internally by CGI::Session. The
# user does not generally need to call it directly.
#
# +session+ is the session for which this instance is being
# created. The session id must only contain alphanumeric
# characters; automatically generated session ids observe
# this requirement.
#
# +options+ is a hash of options for the initializer. The
# following options are recognized:
#
# cache:: an instance of a MemCache client to use as the
# session cache.
#
# expires:: an expiry time value to use for session entries in
# the session cache. +expires+ is interpreted in seconds
# relative to the current time if its less than 60*60*24*30
# (30 days), or as an absolute Unix time (e.g., Time#to_i) if
# greater. If +expires+ is +0+, or not passed on +options+,
# the entry will never expire.
#
# This session's memcache entry will be created if it does
# not exist, or retrieved if it does.
def initialize(session, options = {})
id = session.session_id
unless check_id(id)
raise ArgumentError, "session_id '%s' is invalid" % id
end
@cache = options['cache'] || MemCache.new('localhost')
@expires = options['expires'] || 0
@session_key = "session:#{id}"
@session_data = {}
# Add this key to the store if haven't done so yet
unless @cache.get(@session_key)
@cache.add(@session_key, @session_data, @expires)
end
end
# Restore session state from the session's memcache entry.
#
# Returns the session state as a hash.
def restore
@session_data = @cache[@session_key] || {}
end
# Save session state to the session's memcache entry.
def update
@cache.set(@session_key, @session_data, @expires)
end
# Update and close the session's memcache entry.
def close
update
end
# Delete the session's memcache entry.
def delete
@cache.delete(@session_key)
@session_data = {}
end
def data
@session_data
end
end
end
end
rescue LoadError
# MemCache wasn't available so neither can the store be
end

View file

@ -0,0 +1,151 @@
require 'action_controller/session/cookie_store'
require 'action_controller/session/drb_store'
require 'action_controller/session/mem_cache_store'
if Object.const_defined?(:ActiveRecord)
require 'action_controller/session/active_record_store'
end
module ActionController #:nodoc:
module SessionManagement #:nodoc:
def self.included(base)
base.class_eval do
extend ClassMethods
alias_method_chain :process, :session_management_support
alias_method_chain :process_cleanup, :session_management_support
end
end
module ClassMethods
# Set the session store to be used for keeping the session data between requests. By default, sessions are stored
# in browser cookies (:cookie_store), but you can also specify one of the other included stores
# (:active_record_store, :p_store, drb_store, :mem_cache_store, or :memory_store) or your own custom class.
def session_store=(store)
ActionController::CgiRequest::DEFAULT_SESSION_OPTIONS[:database_manager] =
store.is_a?(Symbol) ? CGI::Session.const_get(store == :drb_store ? "DRbStore" : store.to_s.camelize) : store
end
# Returns the session store class currently used.
def session_store
ActionController::CgiRequest::DEFAULT_SESSION_OPTIONS[:database_manager]
end
# Returns the hash used to configure the session. Example use:
#
# ActionController::Base.session_options[:session_secure] = true # session only available over HTTPS
def session_options
ActionController::CgiRequest::DEFAULT_SESSION_OPTIONS
end
# Specify how sessions ought to be managed for a subset of the actions on
# the controller. Like filters, you can specify <tt>:only</tt> and
# <tt>:except</tt> clauses to restrict the subset, otherwise options
# apply to all actions on this controller.
#
# The session options are inheritable, as well, so if you specify them in
# a parent controller, they apply to controllers that extend the parent.
#
# Usage:
#
# # turn off session management for all actions.
# session :off
#
# # turn off session management for all actions _except_ foo and bar.
# session :off, :except => %w(foo bar)
#
# # turn off session management for only the foo and bar actions.
# session :off, :only => %w(foo bar)
#
# # the session will only work over HTTPS, but only for the foo action
# session :only => :foo, :session_secure => true
#
# # the session will only be disabled for 'foo', and only if it is
# # requested as a web service
# session :off, :only => :foo,
# :if => Proc.new { |req| req.parameters[:ws] }
#
# # the session will be disabled for non html/ajax requests
# session :off,
# :if => Proc.new { |req| !(req.format.html? || req.format.js?) }
#
# All session options described for ActionController::Base.process_cgi
# are valid arguments.
def session(*args)
options = args.extract_options!
options[:disabled] = true if !args.empty?
options[:only] = [*options[:only]].map { |o| o.to_s } if options[:only]
options[:except] = [*options[:except]].map { |o| o.to_s } if options[:except]
if options[:only] && options[:except]
raise ArgumentError, "only one of either :only or :except are allowed"
end
write_inheritable_array("session_options", [options])
end
# So we can declare session options in the Rails initializer.
alias_method :session=, :session
def cached_session_options #:nodoc:
@session_options ||= read_inheritable_attribute("session_options") || []
end
def session_options_for(request, action) #:nodoc:
if (session_options = cached_session_options).empty?
{}
else
options = {}
action = action.to_s
session_options.each do |opts|
next if opts[:if] && !opts[:if].call(request)
if opts[:only] && opts[:only].include?(action)
options.merge!(opts)
elsif opts[:except] && !opts[:except].include?(action)
options.merge!(opts)
elsif !opts[:only] && !opts[:except]
options.merge!(opts)
end
end
if options.empty? then options
else
options.delete :only
options.delete :except
options.delete :if
options[:disabled] ? false : options
end
end
end
end
def process_with_session_management_support(request, response, method = :perform_action, *arguments) #:nodoc:
set_session_options(request)
process_without_session_management_support(request, response, method, *arguments)
end
private
def set_session_options(request)
request.session_options = self.class.session_options_for(request, request.parameters["action"] || "index")
end
def process_cleanup_with_session_management_support
clear_persistent_model_associations
process_cleanup_without_session_management_support
end
# Clear cached associations in session data so they don't overflow
# the database field. Only applies to ActiveRecordStore since there
# is not a standard way to iterate over session data.
def clear_persistent_model_associations #:doc:
if defined?(@_session) && @_session.respond_to?(:data)
session_data = @_session.data
if session_data && session_data.respond_to?(:each_value)
session_data.each_value do |obj|
obj.clear_association_cache if obj.respond_to?(:clear_association_cache)
end
end
end
end
end
end

View file

@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
module ActionController
module StatusCodes #:nodoc:
# Defines the standard HTTP status codes, by integer, with their
# corresponding default message texts.
# Source: http://www.iana.org/assignments/http-status-codes
STATUS_CODES = {
100 => "Continue",
101 => "Switching Protocols",
102 => "Processing",
200 => "OK",
201 => "Created",
202 => "Accepted",
203 => "Non-Authoritative Information",
204 => "No Content",
205 => "Reset Content",
206 => "Partial Content",
207 => "Multi-Status",
226 => "IM Used",
300 => "Multiple Choices",
301 => "Moved Permanently",
302 => "Found",
303 => "See Other",
304 => "Not Modified",
305 => "Use Proxy",
307 => "Temporary Redirect",
400 => "Bad Request",
401 => "Unauthorized",
402 => "Payment Required",
403 => "Forbidden",
404 => "Not Found",
405 => "Method Not Allowed",
406 => "Not Acceptable",
407 => "Proxy Authentication Required",
408 => "Request Timeout",
409 => "Conflict",
410 => "Gone",
411 => "Length Required",
412 => "Precondition Failed",
413 => "Request Entity Too Large",
414 => "Request-URI Too Long",
415 => "Unsupported Media Type",
416 => "Requested Range Not Satisfiable",
417 => "Expectation Failed",
422 => "Unprocessable Entity",
423 => "Locked",
424 => "Failed Dependency",
426 => "Upgrade Required",
500 => "Internal Server Error",
501 => "Not Implemented",
502 => "Bad Gateway",
503 => "Service Unavailable",
504 => "Gateway Timeout",
505 => "HTTP Version Not Supported",
507 => "Insufficient Storage",
510 => "Not Extended"
}
# Provides a symbol-to-fixnum lookup for converting a symbol (like
# :created or :not_implemented) into its corresponding HTTP status
# code (like 200 or 501).
SYMBOL_TO_STATUS_CODE = STATUS_CODES.inject({}) do |hash, (code, message)|
hash[message.gsub(/ /, "").underscore.to_sym] = code
hash
end
# Given a status parameter, determine whether it needs to be converted
# to a string. If it is a fixnum, use the STATUS_CODES hash to lookup
# the default message. If it is a symbol, use the SYMBOL_TO_STATUS_CODE
# hash to convert it.
def interpret_status(status)
case status
when Fixnum then
"#{status} #{STATUS_CODES[status]}".strip
when Symbol then
interpret_status(SYMBOL_TO_STATUS_CODE[status] ||
"500 Unknown Status #{status.inspect}")
else
status.to_s
end
end
private :interpret_status
end
end

View file

@ -0,0 +1,141 @@
module ActionController #:nodoc:
# Methods for sending files and streams to the browser instead of rendering.
module Streaming
DEFAULT_SEND_FILE_OPTIONS = {
:type => 'application/octet-stream'.freeze,
:disposition => 'attachment'.freeze,
:stream => true,
:buffer_size => 4096
}.freeze
protected
# Sends the file by streaming it 4096 bytes at a time. This way the
# whole file doesn't need to be read into memory at once. This makes
# it feasible to send even large files.
#
# Be careful to sanitize the path parameter if it coming from a web
# page. send_file(params[:path]) allows a malicious user to
# download any file on your server.
#
# Options:
# * <tt>:filename</tt> - suggests a filename for the browser to use.
# Defaults to File.basename(path).
# * <tt>:type</tt> - specifies an HTTP content type.
# Defaults to 'application/octet-stream'.
# * <tt>:disposition</tt> - specifies whether the file will be shown inline or downloaded.
# Valid values are 'inline' and 'attachment' (default).
# * <tt>:stream</tt> - whether to send the file to the user agent as it is read (true)
# or to read the entire file before sending (false). Defaults to true.
# * <tt>:buffer_size</tt> - specifies size (in bytes) of the buffer used to stream the file.
# Defaults to 4096.
# * <tt>:status</tt> - specifies the status code to send with the response. Defaults to '200 OK'.
# * <tt>:url_based_filename</tt> - set to true if you want the browser guess the filename from
# the URL, which is necessary for i18n filenames on certain browsers
# (setting :filename overrides this option).
#
# The default Content-Type and Content-Disposition headers are
# set to download arbitrary binary files in as many browsers as
# possible. IE versions 4, 5, 5.5, and 6 are all known to have
# a variety of quirks (especially when downloading over SSL).
#
# Simple download:
# send_file '/path/to.zip'
#
# Show a JPEG in the browser:
# send_file '/path/to.jpeg', :type => 'image/jpeg', :disposition => 'inline'
#
# Show a 404 page in the browser:
# send_file '/path/to/404.html', :type => 'text/html; charset=utf-8', :status => 404
#
# Read about the other Content-* HTTP headers if you'd like to
# provide the user with more information (such as Content-Description).
# http://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec14.html#sec14.11
#
# Also be aware that the document may be cached by proxies and browsers.
# The Pragma and Cache-Control headers declare how the file may be cached
# by intermediaries. They default to require clients to validate with
# the server before releasing cached responses. See
# http://www.mnot.net/cache_docs/ for an overview of web caching and
# http://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec14.html#sec14.9
# for the Cache-Control header spec.
def send_file(path, options = {}) #:doc:
raise MissingFile, "Cannot read file #{path}" unless File.file?(path) and File.readable?(path)
options[:length] ||= File.size(path)
options[:filename] ||= File.basename(path) unless options[:url_based_filename]
send_file_headers! options
@performed_render = false
if options[:stream]
render :status => options[:status], :text => Proc.new { |response, output|
logger.info "Streaming file #{path}" unless logger.nil?
len = options[:buffer_size] || 4096
File.open(path, 'rb') do |file|
while buf = file.read(len)
output.write(buf)
end
end
}
else
logger.info "Sending file #{path}" unless logger.nil?
File.open(path, 'rb') { |file| render :status => options[:status], :text => file.read }
end
end
# Send binary data to the user as a file download. May set content type, apparent file name,
# and specify whether to show data inline or download as an attachment.
#
# Options:
# * <tt>:filename</tt> - Suggests a filename for the browser to use.
# * <tt>:type</tt> - specifies an HTTP content type.
# Defaults to 'application/octet-stream'.
# * <tt>:disposition</tt> - specifies whether the file will be shown inline or downloaded.
# Valid values are 'inline' and 'attachment' (default).
# * <tt>:status</tt> - specifies the status code to send with the response. Defaults to '200 OK'.
#
# Generic data download:
# send_data buffer
#
# Download a dynamically-generated tarball:
# send_data generate_tgz('dir'), :filename => 'dir.tgz'
#
# Display an image Active Record in the browser:
# send_data image.data, :type => image.content_type, :disposition => 'inline'
#
# See +send_file+ for more information on HTTP Content-* headers and caching.
def send_data(data, options = {}) #:doc:
logger.info "Sending data #{options[:filename]}" unless logger.nil?
send_file_headers! options.merge(:length => data.size)
@performed_render = false
render :status => options[:status], :text => data
end
private
def send_file_headers!(options)
options.update(DEFAULT_SEND_FILE_OPTIONS.merge(options))
[:length, :type, :disposition].each do |arg|
raise ArgumentError, ":#{arg} option required" if options[arg].nil?
end
disposition = options[:disposition].dup || 'attachment'
disposition <<= %(; filename="#{options[:filename]}") if options[:filename]
headers.update(
'Content-Length' => options[:length],
'Content-Type' => options[:type].to_s.strip, # fixes a problem with extra '\r' with some browsers
'Content-Disposition' => disposition,
'Content-Transfer-Encoding' => 'binary'
)
# Fix a problem with IE 6.0 on opening downloaded files:
# If Cache-Control: no-cache is set (which Rails does by default),
# IE removes the file it just downloaded from its cache immediately
# after it displays the "open/save" dialog, which means that if you
# hit "open" the file isn't there anymore when the application that
# is called for handling the download is run, so let's workaround that
headers['Cache-Control'] = 'private' if headers['Cache-Control'] == 'no-cache'
end
end
end

View file

@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
<% unless @exception.blamed_files.blank? %>
<% if (hide = @exception.blamed_files.length > 8) %>
<a href="#" onclick="document.getElementById('blame_trace').style.display='block'; return false;">Show blamed files</a>
<% end %>
<pre id="blame_trace" <%='style="display:none"' if hide %>><code><%=h @exception.describe_blame %></code></pre>
<% end %>
<%
clean_params = request.parameters.clone
clean_params.delete("action")
clean_params.delete("controller")
request_dump = clean_params.empty? ? 'None' : clean_params.inspect.gsub(',', ",\n")
%>
<h2 style="margin-top: 30px">Request</h2>
<p><b>Parameters</b>: <pre><%=h request_dump %></pre></p>
<p><a href="#" onclick="document.getElementById('session_dump').style.display='block'; return false;">Show session dump</a></p>
<div id="session_dump" style="display:none"><%= debug(request.session.instance_variable_get("@data")) %></div>
<h2 style="margin-top: 30px">Response</h2>
<p><b>Headers</b>: <pre><%=h response ? response.headers.inspect.gsub(',', ",\n") : 'None' %></pre></p>

View file

@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
<%
traces = [
["Application Trace", @exception.application_backtrace],
["Framework Trace", @exception.framework_backtrace],
["Full Trace", @exception.clean_backtrace]
]
names = traces.collect {|name, trace| name}
%>
<p><code>RAILS_ROOT: <%= defined?(RAILS_ROOT) ? RAILS_ROOT : "unset" %></code></p>
<div id="traces">
<% names.each do |name| -%>
<%
show = "document.getElementById('#{name.gsub /\s/, '-'}').style.display='block';"
hide = (names - [name]).collect {|hide_name| "document.getElementById('#{hide_name.gsub /\s/, '-'}').style.display='none';"}
%>
<a href="#" onclick="<%= hide %><%= show %>; return false;"><%= name %></a> <%= '|' unless names.last == name %>
<% end -%>
<% traces.each do |name, trace| -%>
<div id="<%= name.gsub /\s/, '-' %>" style="display: <%= name == "Application Trace" ? 'block' : 'none' %>;">
<pre><code><%= trace.join "\n" %></code></pre>
</div>
<% end -%>
</div>

View file

@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
<h1>
<%=h @exception.class.to_s %>
<% if request.parameters['controller'] %>
in <%=h request.parameters['controller'].humanize %>Controller<% if request.parameters['action'] %>#<%=h request.parameters['action'] %><% end %>
<% end %>
</h1>
<pre><%=h @exception.clean_message %></pre>
<%= render_file(@rescues_path + "/_trace.erb", false) %>
<%= render_file(@rescues_path + "/_request_and_response.erb", false) %>

View file

@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
<html>
<head>
<title>Action Controller: Exception caught</title>
<style>
body { background-color: #fff; color: #333; }
body, p, ol, ul, td {
font-family: verdana, arial, helvetica, sans-serif;
font-size: 13px;
line-height: 18px;
}
pre {
background-color: #eee;
padding: 10px;
font-size: 11px;
}
a { color: #000; }
a:visited { color: #666; }
a:hover { color: #fff; background-color:#000; }
</style>
</head>
<body>
<%= @contents %>
</body>
</html>

View file

@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
<h1>Template is missing</h1>
<p><%=h @exception.message %></p>

View file

@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
<h1>Routing Error</h1>
<p><pre><%=h @exception.message %></pre></p>
<% unless @exception.failures.empty? %><p>
<h2>Failure reasons:</h2>
<ol>
<% @exception.failures.each do |route, reason| %>
<li><code><%=h route.inspect.gsub('\\', '') %></code> failed because <%=h reason.downcase %></li>
<% end %>
</ol>
</p><% end %>

View file

@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
<h1>
<%=h @exception.original_exception.class.to_s %> in
<%=h request.parameters["controller"].capitalize if request.parameters["controller"]%>#<%=h request.parameters["action"] %>
</h1>
<p>
Showing <i><%=h @exception.file_name %></i> where line <b>#<%=h @exception.line_number %></b> raised:
<pre><code><%=h @exception.message %></code></pre>
</p>
<p>Extracted source (around line <b>#<%=h @exception.line_number %></b>):
<pre><code><%=h @exception.source_extract %></code></pre></p>
<p><%=h @exception.sub_template_message %></p>
<% @real_exception = @exception
@exception = @exception.original_exception || @exception %>
<%= render_file(@rescues_path + "/_trace.erb", false) %>
<% @exception = @real_exception %>
<%= render_file(@rescues_path + "/_request_and_response.erb", false) %>

View file

@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
<h1>Unknown action</h1>
<p><%=h @exception.message %></p>

View file

@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
require 'active_support/test_case'
module ActionController
class NonInferrableControllerError < ActionControllerError
def initialize(name)
super "Unable to determine the controller to test from #{name}. " +
"You'll need to specify it using 'tests YourController' in your " +
"test case definition"
end
end
class TestCase < ActiveSupport::TestCase
@@controller_class = nil
class << self
def tests(controller_class)
self.controller_class = controller_class
end
def controller_class=(new_class)
prepare_controller_class(new_class)
write_inheritable_attribute(:controller_class, new_class)
end
def controller_class
if current_controller_class = read_inheritable_attribute(:controller_class)
current_controller_class
else
self.controller_class= determine_default_controller_class(name)
end
end
def determine_default_controller_class(name)
name.sub(/Test$/, '').constantize
rescue NameError
raise NonInferrableControllerError.new(name)
end
def prepare_controller_class(new_class)
new_class.class_eval do
def rescue_action(e)
raise e
end
end
end
end
def setup
@controller = self.class.controller_class.new
@request = TestRequest.new
@response = TestResponse.new
end
end
end

View file

@ -0,0 +1,520 @@
require 'action_controller/assertions'
module ActionController #:nodoc:
class Base
# Process a test request called with a +TestRequest+ object.
def self.process_test(request)
new.process_test(request)
end
def process_test(request) #:nodoc:
process(request, TestResponse.new)
end
def process_with_test(*args)
returning process_without_test(*args) do
add_variables_to_assigns
end
end
alias_method_chain :process, :test
end
class TestRequest < AbstractRequest #:nodoc:
attr_accessor :cookies, :session_options
attr_accessor :query_parameters, :request_parameters, :path, :session, :env
attr_accessor :host, :user_agent
def initialize(query_parameters = nil, request_parameters = nil, session = nil)
@query_parameters = query_parameters || {}
@request_parameters = request_parameters || {}
@session = session || TestSession.new
initialize_containers
initialize_default_values
super()
end
def reset_session
@session = TestSession.new
end
# Wraps raw_post in a StringIO.
def body
StringIO.new(raw_post)
end
# Either the RAW_POST_DATA environment variable or the URL-encoded request
# parameters.
def raw_post
env['RAW_POST_DATA'] ||= url_encoded_request_parameters
end
def port=(number)
@env["SERVER_PORT"] = number.to_i
@port_as_int = nil
end
def action=(action_name)
@query_parameters.update({ "action" => action_name })
@parameters = nil
end
# Used to check AbstractRequest's request_uri functionality.
# Disables the use of @path and @request_uri so superclass can handle those.
def set_REQUEST_URI(value)
@env["REQUEST_URI"] = value
@request_uri = nil
@path = nil
end
def request_uri=(uri)
@request_uri = uri
@path = uri.split("?").first
end
def accept=(mime_types)
@env["HTTP_ACCEPT"] = Array(mime_types).collect { |mime_types| mime_types.to_s }.join(",")
end
def remote_addr=(addr)
@env['REMOTE_ADDR'] = addr
end
def remote_addr
@env['REMOTE_ADDR']
end
def request_uri
@request_uri || super
end
def path
@path || super
end
def assign_parameters(controller_path, action, parameters)
parameters = parameters.symbolize_keys.merge(:controller => controller_path, :action => action)
extra_keys = ActionController::Routing::Routes.extra_keys(parameters)
non_path_parameters = get? ? query_parameters : request_parameters
parameters.each do |key, value|
if value.is_a? Fixnum
value = value.to_s
elsif value.is_a? Array
value = ActionController::Routing::PathSegment::Result.new(value)
end
if extra_keys.include?(key.to_sym)
non_path_parameters[key] = value
else
path_parameters[key.to_s] = value
end
end
@parameters = nil # reset TestRequest#parameters to use the new path_parameters
end
def recycle!
self.request_parameters = {}
self.query_parameters = {}
self.path_parameters = {}
@request_method, @accepts, @content_type = nil, nil, nil
end
def referer
@env["HTTP_REFERER"]
end
private
def initialize_containers
@env, @cookies = {}, {}
end
def initialize_default_values
@host = "test.host"
@request_uri = "/"
@user_agent = "Rails Testing"
self.remote_addr = "0.0.0.0"
@env["SERVER_PORT"] = 80
@env['REQUEST_METHOD'] = "GET"
end
def url_encoded_request_parameters
params = self.request_parameters.dup
%w(controller action only_path).each do |k|
params.delete(k)
params.delete(k.to_sym)
end
params.to_query
end
end
# A refactoring of TestResponse to allow the same behavior to be applied
# to the "real" CgiResponse class in integration tests.
module TestResponseBehavior #:nodoc:
# the response code of the request
def response_code
headers['Status'][0,3].to_i rescue 0
end
# returns a String to ensure compatibility with Net::HTTPResponse
def code
headers['Status'].to_s.split(' ')[0]
end
def message
headers['Status'].to_s.split(' ',2)[1]
end
# was the response successful?
def success?
response_code == 200
end
# was the URL not found?
def missing?
response_code == 404
end
# were we redirected?
def redirect?
(300..399).include?(response_code)
end
# was there a server-side error?
def error?
(500..599).include?(response_code)
end
alias_method :server_error?, :error?
# returns the redirection location or nil
def redirect_url
headers['Location']
end
# does the redirect location match this regexp pattern?
def redirect_url_match?( pattern )
return false if redirect_url.nil?
p = Regexp.new(pattern) if pattern.class == String
p = pattern if pattern.class == Regexp
return false if p.nil?
p.match(redirect_url) != nil
end
# returns the template path of the file which was used to
# render this response (or nil)
def rendered_file(with_controller=false)
unless template.first_render.nil?
unless with_controller
template.first_render
else
template.first_render.split('/').last || template.first_render
end
end
end
# was this template rendered by a file?
def rendered_with_file?
!rendered_file.nil?
end
# a shortcut to the flash (or an empty hash if no flash.. hey! that rhymes!)
def flash
session['flash'] || {}
end
# do we have a flash?
def has_flash?
!session['flash'].empty?
end
# do we have a flash that has contents?
def has_flash_with_contents?
!flash.empty?
end
# does the specified flash object exist?
def has_flash_object?(name=nil)
!flash[name].nil?
end
# does the specified object exist in the session?
def has_session_object?(name=nil)
!session[name].nil?
end
# a shortcut to the template.assigns
def template_objects
template.assigns || {}
end
# does the specified template object exist?
def has_template_object?(name=nil)
!template_objects[name].nil?
end
# Returns the response cookies, converted to a Hash of (name => CGI::Cookie) pairs
# Example:
#
# assert_equal ['AuthorOfNewPage'], r.cookies['author'].value
def cookies
headers['cookie'].inject({}) { |hash, cookie| hash[cookie.name] = cookie; hash }
end
# Returns binary content (downloadable file), converted to a String
def binary_content
raise "Response body is not a Proc: #{body.inspect}" unless body.kind_of?(Proc)
require 'stringio'
sio = StringIO.new
body.call(self, sio)
sio.rewind
sio.read
end
end
class TestResponse < AbstractResponse #:nodoc:
include TestResponseBehavior
end
class TestSession #:nodoc:
attr_accessor :session_id
def initialize(attributes = nil)
@session_id = ''
@attributes = attributes
@saved_attributes = nil
end
def data
@attributes ||= @saved_attributes || {}
end
def [](key)
data[key]
end
def []=(key, value)
data[key] = value
end
def update
@saved_attributes = @attributes
end
def delete
@attributes = nil
end
def close
update
delete
end
end
# Essentially generates a modified Tempfile object similar to the object
# you'd get from the standard library CGI module in a multipart
# request. This means you can use an ActionController::TestUploadedFile
# object in the params of a test request in order to simulate
# a file upload.
#
# Usage example, within a functional test:
# post :change_avatar, :avatar => ActionController::TestUploadedFile.new(Test::Unit::TestCase.fixture_path + '/files/spongebob.png', 'image/png')
#
# Pass a true third parameter to ensure the uploaded file is opened in binary mode (only required for Windows):
# post :change_avatar, :avatar => ActionController::TestUploadedFile.new(Test::Unit::TestCase.fixture_path + '/files/spongebob.png', 'image/png', :binary)
require 'tempfile'
class TestUploadedFile
# The filename, *not* including the path, of the "uploaded" file
attr_reader :original_filename
# The content type of the "uploaded" file
attr_reader :content_type
def initialize(path, content_type = Mime::TEXT, binary = false)
raise "#{path} file does not exist" unless File.exist?(path)
@content_type = content_type
@original_filename = path.sub(/^.*#{File::SEPARATOR}([^#{File::SEPARATOR}]+)$/) { $1 }
@tempfile = Tempfile.new(@original_filename)
@tempfile.binmode if binary
FileUtils.copy_file(path, @tempfile.path)
end
def path #:nodoc:
@tempfile.path
end
alias local_path path
def method_missing(method_name, *args, &block) #:nodoc:
@tempfile.send!(method_name, *args, &block)
end
end
module TestProcess
def self.included(base)
# execute the request simulating a specific http method and set/volley the response
%w( get post put delete head ).each do |method|
base.class_eval <<-EOV, __FILE__, __LINE__
def #{method}(action, parameters = nil, session = nil, flash = nil)
@request.env['REQUEST_METHOD'] = "#{method.upcase}" if defined?(@request)
process(action, parameters, session, flash)
end
EOV
end
end
# execute the request and set/volley the response
def process(action, parameters = nil, session = nil, flash = nil)
# Sanity check for required instance variables so we can give an
# understandable error message.
%w(@controller @request @response).each do |iv_name|
if !(instance_variables.include?(iv_name) || instance_variables.include?(iv_name.to_sym)) || instance_variable_get(iv_name).nil?
raise "#{iv_name} is nil: make sure you set it in your test's setup method."
end
end
@request.recycle!
@html_document = nil
@request.env['REQUEST_METHOD'] ||= "GET"
@request.action = action.to_s
parameters ||= {}
@request.assign_parameters(@controller.class.controller_path, action.to_s, parameters)
@request.session = ActionController::TestSession.new(session) unless session.nil?
@request.session["flash"] = ActionController::Flash::FlashHash.new.update(flash) if flash
build_request_uri(action, parameters)
@controller.process(@request, @response)
end
def xml_http_request(request_method, action, parameters = nil, session = nil, flash = nil)
@request.env['HTTP_X_REQUESTED_WITH'] = 'XMLHttpRequest'
@request.env['HTTP_ACCEPT'] = 'text/javascript, text/html, application/xml, text/xml, */*'
returning send!(request_method, action, parameters, session, flash) do
@request.env.delete 'HTTP_X_REQUESTED_WITH'
@request.env.delete 'HTTP_ACCEPT'
end
end
alias xhr :xml_http_request
def follow_redirect
redirected_controller = @response.redirected_to[:controller]
if redirected_controller && redirected_controller != @controller.controller_name
raise "Can't follow redirects outside of current controller (from #{@controller.controller_name} to #{redirected_controller})"
end
get(@response.redirected_to.delete(:action), @response.redirected_to.stringify_keys)
end
def assigns(key = nil)
if key.nil?
@response.template.assigns
else
@response.template.assigns[key.to_s]
end
end
def session
@response.session
end
def flash
@response.flash
end
def cookies
@response.cookies
end
def redirect_to_url
@response.redirect_url
end
def build_request_uri(action, parameters)
unless @request.env['REQUEST_URI']
options = @controller.send!(:rewrite_options, parameters)
options.update(:only_path => true, :action => action)
url = ActionController::UrlRewriter.new(@request, parameters)
@request.set_REQUEST_URI(url.rewrite(options))
end
end
def html_document
xml = @response.content_type =~ /xml$/
@html_document ||= HTML::Document.new(@response.body, false, xml)
end
def find_tag(conditions)
html_document.find(conditions)
end
def find_all_tag(conditions)
html_document.find_all(conditions)
end
def method_missing(selector, *args)
return @controller.send!(selector, *args) if ActionController::Routing::Routes.named_routes.helpers.include?(selector)
return super
end
# Shortcut for ActionController::TestUploadedFile.new(Test::Unit::TestCase.fixture_path + path, type). Example:
# post :change_avatar, :avatar => fixture_file_upload('/files/spongebob.png', 'image/png')
#
# To upload binary files on Windows, pass :binary as the last parameter. This will not affect other platforms.
# post :change_avatar, :avatar => fixture_file_upload('/files/spongebob.png', 'image/png', :binary)
def fixture_file_upload(path, mime_type = nil, binary = false)
ActionController::TestUploadedFile.new(
Test::Unit::TestCase.respond_to?(:fixture_path) ? Test::Unit::TestCase.fixture_path + path : path,
mime_type,
binary
)
end
# A helper to make it easier to test different route configurations.
# This method temporarily replaces ActionController::Routing::Routes
# with a new RouteSet instance.
#
# The new instance is yielded to the passed block. Typically the block
# will create some routes using map.draw { map.connect ... }:
#
# with_routing do |set|
# set.draw do |map|
# map.connect ':controller/:action/:id'
# assert_equal(
# ['/content/10/show', {}],
# map.generate(:controller => 'content', :id => 10, :action => 'show')
# end
# end
# end
#
def with_routing
real_routes = ActionController::Routing::Routes
ActionController::Routing.module_eval { remove_const :Routes }
temporary_routes = ActionController::Routing::RouteSet.new
ActionController::Routing.module_eval { const_set :Routes, temporary_routes }
yield temporary_routes
ensure
if ActionController::Routing.const_defined? :Routes
ActionController::Routing.module_eval { remove_const :Routes }
end
ActionController::Routing.const_set(:Routes, real_routes) if real_routes
end
end
end
module Test
module Unit
class TestCase #:nodoc:
include ActionController::TestProcess
end
end
end

View file

@ -0,0 +1,135 @@
module ActionController
# Write URLs from arbitrary places in your codebase, such as your mailers.
#
# Example:
#
# class MyMailer
# include ActionController::UrlWriter
# default_url_options[:host] = 'www.basecamphq.com'
#
# def signup_url(token)
# url_for(:controller => 'signup', action => 'index', :token => token)
# end
# end
#
# In addition to providing +url_for+, named routes are also accessible after
# including UrlWriter.
module UrlWriter
# The default options for urls written by this writer. Typically a :host pair
# is provided.
mattr_accessor :default_url_options
self.default_url_options = {}
def self.included(base) #:nodoc:
ActionController::Routing::Routes.install_helpers base
base.mattr_accessor :default_url_options
base.default_url_options ||= default_url_options
end
# Generate a url based on the options provided, default_url_options and the
# routes defined in routes.rb. The following options are supported:
#
# * <tt>:only_path</tt> If true, the relative url is returned. Defaults to false.
# * <tt>:protocol</tt> The protocol to connect to. Defaults to 'http'.
# * <tt>:host</tt> Specifies the host the link should be targetted at. If <tt>:only_path</tt> is false, this option must be
# provided either explicitly, or via default_url_options.
# * <tt>:port</tt> Optionally specify the port to connect to.
# * <tt>:anchor</tt> An anchor name to be appended to the path.
#
# Any other key(:controller, :action, etc...) given to <tt>url_for</tt> is forwarded to the Routes module.
#
# Examples:
#
# url_for :controller => 'tasks', :action => 'testing', :host=>'somehost.org', :port=>'8080' # => 'http://somehost.org:8080/tasks/testing'
# url_for :controller => 'tasks', :action => 'testing', :host=>'somehost.org', :anchor => 'ok', :only_path => true # => '/tasks/testing#ok'
# url_for :controller => 'tasks', :action => 'testing', :host=>'somehost.org', :number => '33' # => 'http://somehost.org/tasks/testing?number=33'
#
def url_for(options)
options = self.class.default_url_options.merge(options)
url = ''
unless options.delete :only_path
url << (options.delete(:protocol) || 'http')
url << '://' unless url.match("://") #dont add separator if its already been specified in :protocol
raise "Missing host to link to! Please provide :host parameter or set default_url_options[:host]" unless options[:host]
url << options.delete(:host)
url << ":#{options.delete(:port)}" if options.key?(:port)
else
# Delete the unused options to prevent their appearance in the query string
[:protocol, :host, :port].each { |k| options.delete k }
end
anchor = "##{CGI.escape options.delete(:anchor).to_param.to_s}" if options.key?(:anchor)
url << Routing::Routes.generate(options, {})
url << anchor if anchor
return url
end
end
# Rewrites URLs for Base.redirect_to and Base.url_for in the controller.
class UrlRewriter #:nodoc:
RESERVED_OPTIONS = [:anchor, :params, :only_path, :host, :protocol, :port, :trailing_slash, :skip_relative_url_root]
def initialize(request, parameters)
@request, @parameters = request, parameters
end
def rewrite(options = {})
rewrite_url(options)
end
def to_str
"#{@request.protocol}, #{@request.host_with_port}, #{@request.path}, #{@parameters[:controller]}, #{@parameters[:action]}, #{@request.parameters.inspect}"
end
alias_method :to_s, :to_str
private
# Given a path and options, returns a rewritten URL string
def rewrite_url(options)
rewritten_url = ""
unless options[:only_path]
rewritten_url << (options[:protocol] || @request.protocol)
rewritten_url << "://" unless rewritten_url.match("://")
rewritten_url << rewrite_authentication(options)
rewritten_url << (options[:host] || @request.host_with_port)
rewritten_url << ":#{options.delete(:port)}" if options.key?(:port)
end
path = rewrite_path(options)
rewritten_url << @request.relative_url_root.to_s unless options[:skip_relative_url_root]
rewritten_url << (options[:trailing_slash] ? path.sub(/\?|\z/) { "/" + $& } : path)
rewritten_url << "##{options[:anchor]}" if options[:anchor]
rewritten_url
end
# Given a Hash of options, generates a route
def rewrite_path(options)
options = options.symbolize_keys
options.update(options[:params].symbolize_keys) if options[:params]
if (overwrite = options.delete(:overwrite_params))
options.update(@parameters.symbolize_keys)
options.update(overwrite.symbolize_keys)
end
RESERVED_OPTIONS.each { |k| options.delete(k) }
# Generates the query string, too
Routing::Routes.generate(options, @request.symbolized_path_parameters)
end
def rewrite_authentication(options)
if options[:user] && options[:password]
"#{CGI.escape(options.delete(:user))}:#{CGI.escape(options.delete(:password))}@"
else
""
end
end
end
end

View file

@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
require 'html/tokenizer'
require 'html/node'
require 'html/selector'
require 'html/sanitizer'
module HTML #:nodoc:
# A top-level HTMl document. You give it a body of text, and it will parse that
# text into a tree of nodes.
class Document #:nodoc:
# The root of the parsed document.
attr_reader :root
# Create a new Document from the given text.
def initialize(text, strict=false, xml=false)
tokenizer = Tokenizer.new(text)
@root = Node.new(nil)
node_stack = [ @root ]
while token = tokenizer.next
node = Node.parse(node_stack.last, tokenizer.line, tokenizer.position, token)
node_stack.last.children << node unless node.tag? && node.closing == :close
if node.tag?
if node_stack.length > 1 && node.closing == :close
if node_stack.last.name == node.name
if node_stack.last.children.empty?
node_stack.last.children << Text.new(node_stack.last, node.line, node.position, "")
end
node_stack.pop
else
open_start = node_stack.last.position - 20
open_start = 0 if open_start < 0
close_start = node.position - 20
close_start = 0 if close_start < 0
msg = <<EOF.strip
ignoring attempt to close #{node_stack.last.name} with #{node.name}
opened at byte #{node_stack.last.position}, line #{node_stack.last.line}
closed at byte #{node.position}, line #{node.line}
attributes at open: #{node_stack.last.attributes.inspect}
text around open: #{text[open_start,40].inspect}
text around close: #{text[close_start,40].inspect}
EOF
strict ? raise(msg) : warn(msg)
end
elsif !node.childless?(xml) && node.closing != :close
node_stack.push node
end
end
end
end
# Search the tree for (and return) the first node that matches the given
# conditions. The conditions are interpreted differently for different node
# types, see HTML::Text#find and HTML::Tag#find.
def find(conditions)
@root.find(conditions)
end
# Search the tree for (and return) all nodes that match the given
# conditions. The conditions are interpreted differently for different node
# types, see HTML::Text#find and HTML::Tag#find.
def find_all(conditions)
@root.find_all(conditions)
end
end
end

View file

@ -0,0 +1,530 @@
require 'strscan'
module HTML #:nodoc:
class Conditions < Hash #:nodoc:
def initialize(hash)
super()
hash = { :content => hash } unless Hash === hash
hash = keys_to_symbols(hash)
hash.each do |k,v|
case k
when :tag, :content then
# keys are valid, and require no further processing
when :attributes then
hash[k] = keys_to_strings(v)
when :parent, :child, :ancestor, :descendant, :sibling, :before,
:after
hash[k] = Conditions.new(v)
when :children
hash[k] = v = keys_to_symbols(v)
v.each do |k,v2|
case k
when :count, :greater_than, :less_than
# keys are valid, and require no further processing
when :only
v[k] = Conditions.new(v2)
else
raise "illegal key #{k.inspect} => #{v2.inspect}"
end
end
else
raise "illegal key #{k.inspect} => #{v.inspect}"
end
end
update hash
end
private
def keys_to_strings(hash)
hash.keys.inject({}) do |h,k|
h[k.to_s] = hash[k]
h
end
end
def keys_to_symbols(hash)
hash.keys.inject({}) do |h,k|
raise "illegal key #{k.inspect}" unless k.respond_to?(:to_sym)
h[k.to_sym] = hash[k]
h
end
end
end
# The base class of all nodes, textual and otherwise, in an HTML document.
class Node #:nodoc:
# The array of children of this node. Not all nodes have children.
attr_reader :children
# The parent node of this node. All nodes have a parent, except for the
# root node.
attr_reader :parent
# The line number of the input where this node was begun
attr_reader :line
# The byte position in the input where this node was begun
attr_reader :position
# Create a new node as a child of the given parent.
def initialize(parent, line=0, pos=0)
@parent = parent
@children = []
@line, @position = line, pos
end
# Return a textual representation of the node.
def to_s
s = ""
@children.each { |child| s << child.to_s }
s
end
# Return false (subclasses must override this to provide specific matching
# behavior.) +conditions+ may be of any type.
def match(conditions)
false
end
# Search the children of this node for the first node for which #find
# returns non +nil+. Returns the result of the #find call that succeeded.
def find(conditions)
conditions = validate_conditions(conditions)
@children.each do |child|
node = child.find(conditions)
return node if node
end
nil
end
# Search for all nodes that match the given conditions, and return them
# as an array.
def find_all(conditions)
conditions = validate_conditions(conditions)
matches = []
matches << self if match(conditions)
@children.each do |child|
matches.concat child.find_all(conditions)
end
matches
end
# Returns +false+. Subclasses may override this if they define a kind of
# tag.
def tag?
false
end
def validate_conditions(conditions)
Conditions === conditions ? conditions : Conditions.new(conditions)
end
def ==(node)
return false unless self.class == node.class && children.size == node.children.size
equivalent = true
children.size.times do |i|
equivalent &&= children[i] == node.children[i]
end
equivalent
end
class <<self
def parse(parent, line, pos, content, strict=true)
if content !~ /^<\S/
Text.new(parent, line, pos, content)
else
scanner = StringScanner.new(content)
unless scanner.skip(/</)
if strict
raise "expected <"
else
return Text.new(parent, line, pos, content)
end
end
if scanner.skip(/!\[CDATA\[/)
scanner.scan_until(/\]\]>/)
return CDATA.new(parent, line, pos, scanner.pre_match.gsub(/<!\[CDATA\[/, ''))
end
closing = ( scanner.scan(/\//) ? :close : nil )
return Text.new(parent, line, pos, content) unless name = scanner.scan(/[\w:-]+/)
name.downcase!
unless closing
scanner.skip(/\s*/)
attributes = {}
while attr = scanner.scan(/[-\w:]+/)
value = true
if scanner.scan(/\s*=\s*/)
if delim = scanner.scan(/['"]/)
value = ""
while text = scanner.scan(/[^#{delim}\\]+|./)
case text
when "\\" then
value << text
value << scanner.getch
when delim
break
else value << text
end
end
else
value = scanner.scan(/[^\s>\/]+/)
end
end
attributes[attr.downcase] = value
scanner.skip(/\s*/)
end
closing = ( scanner.scan(/\//) ? :self : nil )
end
unless scanner.scan(/\s*>/)
if strict
raise "expected > (got #{scanner.rest.inspect} for #{content}, #{attributes.inspect})"
else
# throw away all text until we find what we're looking for
scanner.skip_until(/>/) or scanner.terminate
end
end
Tag.new(parent, line, pos, name, attributes, closing)
end
end
end
end
# A node that represents text, rather than markup.
class Text < Node #:nodoc:
attr_reader :content
# Creates a new text node as a child of the given parent, with the given
# content.
def initialize(parent, line, pos, content)
super(parent, line, pos)
@content = content
end
# Returns the content of this node.
def to_s
@content
end
# Returns +self+ if this node meets the given conditions. Text nodes support
# conditions of the following kinds:
#
# * if +conditions+ is a string, it must be a substring of the node's
# content
# * if +conditions+ is a regular expression, it must match the node's
# content
# * if +conditions+ is a hash, it must contain a <tt>:content</tt> key that
# is either a string or a regexp, and which is interpreted as described
# above.
def find(conditions)
match(conditions) && self
end
# Returns non-+nil+ if this node meets the given conditions, or +nil+
# otherwise. See the discussion of #find for the valid conditions.
def match(conditions)
case conditions
when String
@content == conditions
when Regexp
@content =~ conditions
when Hash
conditions = validate_conditions(conditions)
# Text nodes only have :content, :parent, :ancestor
unless (conditions.keys - [:content, :parent, :ancestor]).empty?
return false
end
match(conditions[:content])
else
nil
end
end
def ==(node)
return false unless super
content == node.content
end
end
# A CDATA node is simply a text node with a specialized way of displaying
# itself.
class CDATA < Text #:nodoc:
def to_s
"<![CDATA[#{super}]>"
end
end
# A Tag is any node that represents markup. It may be an opening tag, a
# closing tag, or a self-closing tag. It has a name, and may have a hash of
# attributes.
class Tag < Node #:nodoc:
# Either +nil+, <tt>:close</tt>, or <tt>:self</tt>
attr_reader :closing
# Either +nil+, or a hash of attributes for this node.
attr_reader :attributes
# The name of this tag.
attr_reader :name
# Create a new node as a child of the given parent, using the given content
# to describe the node. It will be parsed and the node name, attributes and
# closing status extracted.
def initialize(parent, line, pos, name, attributes, closing)
super(parent, line, pos)
@name = name
@attributes = attributes
@closing = closing
end
# A convenience for obtaining an attribute of the node. Returns +nil+ if
# the node has no attributes.
def [](attr)
@attributes ? @attributes[attr] : nil
end
# Returns non-+nil+ if this tag can contain child nodes.
def childless?(xml = false)
return false if xml && @closing.nil?
!@closing.nil? ||
@name =~ /^(img|br|hr|link|meta|area|base|basefont|
col|frame|input|isindex|param)$/ox
end
# Returns a textual representation of the node
def to_s
if @closing == :close
"</#{@name}>"
else
s = "<#{@name}"
@attributes.each do |k,v|
s << " #{k}"
s << "=\"#{v}\"" if String === v
end
s << " /" if @closing == :self
s << ">"
@children.each { |child| s << child.to_s }
s << "</#{@name}>" if @closing != :self && !@children.empty?
s
end
end
# If either the node or any of its children meet the given conditions, the
# matching node is returned. Otherwise, +nil+ is returned. (See the
# description of the valid conditions in the +match+ method.)
def find(conditions)
match(conditions) && self || super
end
# Returns +true+, indicating that this node represents an HTML tag.
def tag?
true
end
# Returns +true+ if the node meets any of the given conditions. The
# +conditions+ parameter must be a hash of any of the following keys
# (all are optional):
#
# * <tt>:tag</tt>: the node name must match the corresponding value
# * <tt>:attributes</tt>: a hash. The node's values must match the
# corresponding values in the hash.
# * <tt>:parent</tt>: a hash. The node's parent must match the
# corresponding hash.
# * <tt>:child</tt>: a hash. At least one of the node's immediate children
# must meet the criteria described by the hash.
# * <tt>:ancestor</tt>: a hash. At least one of the node's ancestors must
# meet the criteria described by the hash.
# * <tt>:descendant</tt>: a hash. At least one of the node's descendants
# must meet the criteria described by the hash.
# * <tt>:sibling</tt>: a hash. At least one of the node's siblings must
# meet the criteria described by the hash.
# * <tt>:after</tt>: a hash. The node must be after any sibling meeting
# the criteria described by the hash, and at least one sibling must match.
# * <tt>:before</tt>: a hash. The node must be before any sibling meeting
# the criteria described by the hash, and at least one sibling must match.
# * <tt>:children</tt>: a hash, for counting children of a node. Accepts the
# keys:
# ** <tt>:count</tt>: either a number or a range which must equal (or
# include) the number of children that match.
# ** <tt>:less_than</tt>: the number of matching children must be less than
# this number.
# ** <tt>:greater_than</tt>: the number of matching children must be
# greater than this number.
# ** <tt>:only</tt>: another hash consisting of the keys to use
# to match on the children, and only matching children will be
# counted.
#
# Conditions are matched using the following algorithm:
#
# * if the condition is a string, it must be a substring of the value.
# * if the condition is a regexp, it must match the value.
# * if the condition is a number, the value must match number.to_s.
# * if the condition is +true+, the value must not be +nil+.
# * if the condition is +false+ or +nil+, the value must be +nil+.
#
# Usage:
#
# # test if the node is a "span" tag
# node.match :tag => "span"
#
# # test if the node's parent is a "div"
# node.match :parent => { :tag => "div" }
#
# # test if any of the node's ancestors are "table" tags
# node.match :ancestor => { :tag => "table" }
#
# # test if any of the node's immediate children are "em" tags
# node.match :child => { :tag => "em" }
#
# # test if any of the node's descendants are "strong" tags
# node.match :descendant => { :tag => "strong" }
#
# # test if the node has between 2 and 4 span tags as immediate children
# node.match :children => { :count => 2..4, :only => { :tag => "span" } }
#
# # get funky: test to see if the node is a "div", has a "ul" ancestor
# # and an "li" parent (with "class" = "enum"), and whether or not it has
# # a "span" descendant that contains # text matching /hello world/:
# node.match :tag => "div",
# :ancestor => { :tag => "ul" },
# :parent => { :tag => "li",
# :attributes => { :class => "enum" } },
# :descendant => { :tag => "span",
# :child => /hello world/ }
def match(conditions)
conditions = validate_conditions(conditions)
# check content of child nodes
if conditions[:content]
if children.empty?
return false unless match_condition("", conditions[:content])
else
return false unless children.find { |child| child.match(conditions[:content]) }
end
end
# test the name
return false unless match_condition(@name, conditions[:tag]) if conditions[:tag]
# test attributes
(conditions[:attributes] || {}).each do |key, value|
return false unless match_condition(self[key], value)
end
# test parent
return false unless parent.match(conditions[:parent]) if conditions[:parent]
# test children
return false unless children.find { |child| child.match(conditions[:child]) } if conditions[:child]
# test ancestors
if conditions[:ancestor]
return false unless catch :found do
p = self
throw :found, true if p.match(conditions[:ancestor]) while p = p.parent
end
end
# test descendants
if conditions[:descendant]
return false unless children.find do |child|
# test the child
child.match(conditions[:descendant]) ||
# test the child's descendants
child.match(:descendant => conditions[:descendant])
end
end
# count children
if opts = conditions[:children]
matches = children.select do |c|
(c.kind_of?(HTML::Tag) and (c.closing == :self or ! c.childless?))
end
matches = matches.select { |c| c.match(opts[:only]) } if opts[:only]
opts.each do |key, value|
next if key == :only
case key
when :count
if Integer === value
return false if matches.length != value
else
return false unless value.include?(matches.length)
end
when :less_than
return false unless matches.length < value
when :greater_than
return false unless matches.length > value
else raise "unknown count condition #{key}"
end
end
end
# test siblings
if conditions[:sibling] || conditions[:before] || conditions[:after]
siblings = parent ? parent.children : []
self_index = siblings.index(self)
if conditions[:sibling]
return false unless siblings.detect do |s|
s != self && s.match(conditions[:sibling])
end
end
if conditions[:before]
return false unless siblings[self_index+1..-1].detect do |s|
s != self && s.match(conditions[:before])
end
end
if conditions[:after]
return false unless siblings[0,self_index].detect do |s|
s != self && s.match(conditions[:after])
end
end
end
true
end
def ==(node)
return false unless super
return false unless closing == node.closing && self.name == node.name
attributes == node.attributes
end
private
# Match the given value to the given condition.
def match_condition(value, condition)
case condition
when String
value && value == condition
when Regexp
value && value.match(condition)
when Numeric
value == condition.to_s
when true
!value.nil?
when false, nil
value.nil?
else
false
end
end
end
end

View file

@ -0,0 +1,173 @@
module HTML
class Sanitizer
def sanitize(text, options = {})
return text unless sanitizeable?(text)
tokenize(text, options).join
end
def sanitizeable?(text)
!(text.nil? || text.empty? || !text.index("<"))
end
protected
def tokenize(text, options)
tokenizer = HTML::Tokenizer.new(text)
result = []
while token = tokenizer.next
node = Node.parse(nil, 0, 0, token, false)
process_node node, result, options
end
result
end
def process_node(node, result, options)
result << node.to_s
end
end
class FullSanitizer < Sanitizer
def sanitize(text, options = {})
result = super
# strip any comments, and if they have a newline at the end (ie. line with
# only a comment) strip that too
result.gsub!(/<!--(.*?)-->[\n]?/m, "") if result
# Recurse - handle all dirty nested tags
result == text ? result : sanitize(result, options)
end
def process_node(node, result, options)
result << node.to_s if node.class == HTML::Text
end
end
class LinkSanitizer < FullSanitizer
cattr_accessor :included_tags, :instance_writer => false
self.included_tags = Set.new(%w(a href))
def sanitizeable?(text)
!(text.nil? || text.empty? || !((text.index("<a") || text.index("<href")) && text.index(">")))
end
protected
def process_node(node, result, options)
result << node.to_s unless node.is_a?(HTML::Tag) && included_tags.include?(node.name)
end
end
class WhiteListSanitizer < Sanitizer
[:protocol_separator, :uri_attributes, :allowed_attributes, :allowed_tags, :allowed_protocols, :bad_tags,
:allowed_css_properties, :allowed_css_keywords, :shorthand_css_properties].each do |attr|
class_inheritable_accessor attr, :instance_writer => false
end
# A regular expression of the valid characters used to separate protocols like
# the ':' in 'http://foo.com'
self.protocol_separator = /:|(&#0*58)|(&#x70)|(%|&#37;)3A/
# Specifies a Set of HTML attributes that can have URIs.
self.uri_attributes = Set.new(%w(href src cite action longdesc xlink:href lowsrc))
# Specifies a Set of 'bad' tags that the #sanitize helper will remove completely, as opposed
# to just escaping harmless tags like &lt;font&gt;
self.bad_tags = Set.new(%w(script))
# Specifies the default Set of tags that the #sanitize helper will allow unscathed.
self.allowed_tags = Set.new(%w(strong em b i p code pre tt samp kbd var sub
sup dfn cite big small address hr br div span h1 h2 h3 h4 h5 h6 ul ol li dt dd abbr
acronym a img blockquote del ins))
# Specifies the default Set of html attributes that the #sanitize helper will leave
# in the allowed tag.
self.allowed_attributes = Set.new(%w(href src width height alt cite datetime title class name xml:lang abbr))
# Specifies the default Set of acceptable css properties that #sanitize and #sanitize_css will accept.
self.allowed_protocols = Set.new(%w(ed2k ftp http https irc mailto news gopher nntp telnet webcal xmpp callto
feed svn urn aim rsync tag ssh sftp rtsp afs))
# Specifies the default Set of acceptable css keywords that #sanitize and #sanitize_css will accept.
self.allowed_css_properties = Set.new(%w(azimuth background-color border-bottom-color border-collapse
border-color border-left-color border-right-color border-top-color clear color cursor direction display
elevation float font font-family font-size font-style font-variant font-weight height letter-spacing line-height
overflow pause pause-after pause-before pitch pitch-range richness speak speak-header speak-numeral speak-punctuation
speech-rate stress text-align text-decoration text-indent unicode-bidi vertical-align voice-family volume white-space
width))
# Specifies the default Set of acceptable css keywords that #sanitize and #sanitize_css will accept.
self.allowed_css_keywords = Set.new(%w(auto aqua black block blue bold both bottom brown center
collapse dashed dotted fuchsia gray green !important italic left lime maroon medium none navy normal
nowrap olive pointer purple red right solid silver teal top transparent underline white yellow))
# Specifies the default Set of allowed shorthand css properties for the #sanitize and #sanitize_css helpers.
self.shorthand_css_properties = Set.new(%w(background border margin padding))
# Sanitizes a block of css code. Used by #sanitize when it comes across a style attribute
def sanitize_css(style)
# disallow urls
style = style.to_s.gsub(/url\s*\(\s*[^\s)]+?\s*\)\s*/, ' ')
# gauntlet
if style !~ /^([:,;#%.\sa-zA-Z0-9!]|\w-\w|\'[\s\w]+\'|\"[\s\w]+\"|\([\d,\s]+\))*$/ ||
style !~ /^(\s*[-\w]+\s*:\s*[^:;]*(;|$))*$/
return ''
end
clean = []
style.scan(/([-\w]+)\s*:\s*([^:;]*)/) do |prop,val|
if allowed_css_properties.include?(prop.downcase)
clean << prop + ': ' + val + ';'
elsif shorthand_css_properties.include?(prop.split('-')[0].downcase)
unless val.split().any? do |keyword|
!allowed_css_keywords.include?(keyword) &&
keyword !~ /^(#[0-9a-f]+|rgb\(\d+%?,\d*%?,?\d*%?\)?|\d{0,2}\.?\d{0,2}(cm|em|ex|in|mm|pc|pt|px|%|,|\))?)$/
end
clean << prop + ': ' + val + ';'
end
end
end
clean.join(' ')
end
protected
def tokenize(text, options)
options[:parent] = []
options[:attributes] ||= allowed_attributes
options[:tags] ||= allowed_tags
super
end
def process_node(node, result, options)
result << case node
when HTML::Tag
if node.closing == :close
options[:parent].shift
else
options[:parent].unshift node.name
end
process_attributes_for node, options
options[:tags].include?(node.name) ? node : nil
else
bad_tags.include?(options[:parent].first) ? nil : node.to_s.gsub(/</, "&lt;")
end
end
def process_attributes_for(node, options)
return unless node.attributes
node.attributes.keys.each do |attr_name|
value = node.attributes[attr_name].to_s
if !options[:attributes].include?(attr_name) || contains_bad_protocols?(attr_name, value)
node.attributes.delete(attr_name)
else
node.attributes[attr_name] = attr_name == 'style' ? sanitize_css(value) : CGI::escapeHTML(value)
end
end
end
def contains_bad_protocols?(attr_name, value)
uri_attributes.include?(attr_name) &&
(value =~ /(^[^\/:]*):|(&#0*58)|(&#x70)|(%|&#37;)3A/ && !allowed_protocols.include?(value.split(protocol_separator).first))
end
end
end

View file

@ -0,0 +1,828 @@
#--
# Copyright (c) 2006 Assaf Arkin (http://labnotes.org)
# Under MIT and/or CC By license.
#++
module HTML
# Selects HTML elements using CSS 2 selectors.
#
# The +Selector+ class uses CSS selector expressions to match and select
# HTML elements.
#
# For example:
# selector = HTML::Selector.new "form.login[action=/login]"
# creates a new selector that matches any +form+ element with the class
# +login+ and an attribute +action+ with the value <tt>/login</tt>.
#
# === Matching Elements
#
# Use the #match method to determine if an element matches the selector.
#
# For simple selectors, the method returns an array with that element,
# or +nil+ if the element does not match. For complex selectors (see below)
# the method returns an array with all matched elements, of +nil+ if no
# match found.
#
# For example:
# if selector.match(element)
# puts "Element is a login form"
# end
#
# === Selecting Elements
#
# Use the #select method to select all matching elements starting with
# one element and going through all children in depth-first order.
#
# This method returns an array of all matching elements, an empty array
# if no match is found
#
# For example:
# selector = HTML::Selector.new "input[type=text]"
# matches = selector.select(element)
# matches.each do |match|
# puts "Found text field with name #{match.attributes['name']}"
# end
#
# === Expressions
#
# Selectors can match elements using any of the following criteria:
# * <tt>name</tt> -- Match an element based on its name (tag name).
# For example, <tt>p</tt> to match a paragraph. You can use <tt>*</tt>
# to match any element.
# * <tt>#</tt><tt>id</tt> -- Match an element based on its identifier (the
# <tt>id</tt> attribute). For example, <tt>#</tt><tt>page</tt>.
# * <tt>.class</tt> -- Match an element based on its class name, all
# class names if more than one specified.
# * <tt>[attr]</tt> -- Match an element that has the specified attribute.
# * <tt>[attr=value]</tt> -- Match an element that has the specified
# attribute and value. (More operators are supported see below)
# * <tt>:pseudo-class</tt> -- Match an element based on a pseudo class,
# such as <tt>:nth-child</tt> and <tt>:empty</tt>.
# * <tt>:not(expr)</tt> -- Match an element that does not match the
# negation expression.
#
# When using a combination of the above, the element name comes first
# followed by identifier, class names, attributes, pseudo classes and
# negation in any order. Do not seprate these parts with spaces!
# Space separation is used for descendant selectors.
#
# For example:
# selector = HTML::Selector.new "form.login[action=/login]"
# The matched element must be of type +form+ and have the class +login+.
# It may have other classes, but the class +login+ is required to match.
# It must also have an attribute called +action+ with the value
# <tt>/login</tt>.
#
# This selector will match the following element:
# <form class="login form" method="post" action="/login">
# but will not match the element:
# <form method="post" action="/logout">
#
# === Attribute Values
#
# Several operators are supported for matching attributes:
# * <tt>name</tt> -- The element must have an attribute with that name.
# * <tt>name=value</tt> -- The element must have an attribute with that
# name and value.
# * <tt>name^=value</tt> -- The attribute value must start with the
# specified value.
# * <tt>name$=value</tt> -- The attribute value must end with the
# specified value.
# * <tt>name*=value</tt> -- The attribute value must contain the
# specified value.
# * <tt>name~=word</tt> -- The attribute value must contain the specified
# word (space separated).
# * <tt>name|=word</tt> -- The attribute value must start with specified
# word.
#
# For example, the following two selectors match the same element:
# #my_id
# [id=my_id]
# and so do the following two selectors:
# .my_class
# [class~=my_class]
#
# === Alternatives, siblings, children
#
# Complex selectors use a combination of expressions to match elements:
# * <tt>expr1 expr2</tt> -- Match any element against the second expression
# if it has some parent element that matches the first expression.
# * <tt>expr1 > expr2</tt> -- Match any element against the second expression
# if it is the child of an element that matches the first expression.
# * <tt>expr1 + expr2</tt> -- Match any element against the second expression
# if it immediately follows an element that matches the first expression.
# * <tt>expr1 ~ expr2</tt> -- Match any element against the second expression
# that comes after an element that matches the first expression.
# * <tt>expr1, expr2</tt> -- Match any element against the first expression,
# or against the second expression.
#
# Since children and sibling selectors may match more than one element given
# the first element, the #match method may return more than one match.
#
# === Pseudo classes
#
# Pseudo classes were introduced in CSS 3. They are most often used to select
# elements in a given position:
# * <tt>:root</tt> -- Match the element only if it is the root element
# (no parent element).
# * <tt>:empty</tt> -- Match the element only if it has no child elements,
# and no text content.
# * <tt>:only-child</tt> -- Match the element if it is the only child (element)
# of its parent element.
# * <tt>:only-of-type</tt> -- Match the element if it is the only child (element)
# of its parent element and its type.
# * <tt>:first-child</tt> -- Match the element if it is the first child (element)
# of its parent element.
# * <tt>:first-of-type</tt> -- Match the element if it is the first child (element)
# of its parent element of its type.
# * <tt>:last-child</tt> -- Match the element if it is the last child (element)
# of its parent element.
# * <tt>:last-of-type</tt> -- Match the element if it is the last child (element)
# of its parent element of its type.
# * <tt>:nth-child(b)</tt> -- Match the element if it is the b-th child (element)
# of its parent element. The value <tt>b</tt> specifies its index, starting with 1.
# * <tt>:nth-child(an+b)</tt> -- Match the element if it is the b-th child (element)
# in each group of <tt>a</tt> child elements of its parent element.
# * <tt>:nth-child(-an+b)</tt> -- Match the element if it is the first child (element)
# in each group of <tt>a</tt> child elements, up to the first <tt>b</tt> child
# elements of its parent element.
# * <tt>:nth-child(odd)</tt> -- Match element in the odd position (i.e. first, third).
# Same as <tt>:nth-child(2n+1)</tt>.
# * <tt>:nth-child(even)</tt> -- Match element in the even position (i.e. second,
# fourth). Same as <tt>:nth-child(2n+2)</tt>.
# * <tt>:nth-of-type(..)</tt> -- As above, but only counts elements of its type.
# * <tt>:nth-last-child(..)</tt> -- As above, but counts from the last child.
# * <tt>:nth-last-of-type(..)</tt> -- As above, but counts from the last child and
# only elements of its type.
# * <tt>:not(selector)</tt> -- Match the element only if the element does not
# match the simple selector.
#
# As you can see, <tt>:nth-child<tt> pseudo class and its varient can get quite
# tricky and the CSS specification doesn't do a much better job explaining it.
# But after reading the examples and trying a few combinations, it's easy to
# figure out.
#
# For example:
# table tr:nth-child(odd)
# Selects every second row in the table starting with the first one.
#
# div p:nth-child(4)
# Selects the fourth paragraph in the +div+, but not if the +div+ contains
# other elements, since those are also counted.
#
# div p:nth-of-type(4)
# Selects the fourth paragraph in the +div+, counting only paragraphs, and
# ignoring all other elements.
#
# div p:nth-of-type(-n+4)
# Selects the first four paragraphs, ignoring all others.
#
# And you can always select an element that matches one set of rules but
# not another using <tt>:not</tt>. For example:
# p:not(.post)
# Matches all paragraphs that do not have the class <tt>.post</tt>.
#
# === Substitution Values
#
# You can use substitution with identifiers, class names and element values.
# A substitution takes the form of a question mark (<tt>?</tt>) and uses the
# next value in the argument list following the CSS expression.
#
# The substitution value may be a string or a regular expression. All other
# values are converted to strings.
#
# For example:
# selector = HTML::Selector.new "#?", /^\d+$/
# matches any element whose identifier consists of one or more digits.
#
# See http://www.w3.org/TR/css3-selectors/
class Selector
# An invalid selector.
class InvalidSelectorError < StandardError #:nodoc:
end
class << self
# :call-seq:
# Selector.for_class(cls) => selector
#
# Creates a new selector for the given class name.
def for_class(cls)
self.new([".?", cls])
end
# :call-seq:
# Selector.for_id(id) => selector
#
# Creates a new selector for the given id.
def for_id(id)
self.new(["#?", id])
end
end
# :call-seq:
# Selector.new(string, [values ...]) => selector
#
# Creates a new selector from a CSS 2 selector expression.
#
# The first argument is the selector expression. All other arguments
# are used for value substitution.
#
# Throws InvalidSelectorError is the selector expression is invalid.
def initialize(selector, *values)
raise ArgumentError, "CSS expression cannot be empty" if selector.empty?
@source = ""
values = values[0] if values.size == 1 && values[0].is_a?(Array)
# We need a copy to determine if we failed to parse, and also
# preserve the original pass by-ref statement.
statement = selector.strip.dup
# Create a simple selector, along with negation.
simple_selector(statement, values).each { |name, value| instance_variable_set("@#{name}", value) }
@alternates = []
@depends = nil
# Alternative selector.
if statement.sub!(/^\s*,\s*/, "")
second = Selector.new(statement, values)
@alternates << second
# If there are alternate selectors, we group them in the top selector.
if alternates = second.instance_variable_get(:@alternates)
second.instance_variable_set(:@alternates, [])
@alternates.concat alternates
end
@source << " , " << second.to_s
# Sibling selector: create a dependency into second selector that will
# match element immediately following this one.
elsif statement.sub!(/^\s*\+\s*/, "")
second = next_selector(statement, values)
@depends = lambda do |element, first|
if element = next_element(element)
second.match(element, first)
end
end
@source << " + " << second.to_s
# Adjacent selector: create a dependency into second selector that will
# match all elements following this one.
elsif statement.sub!(/^\s*~\s*/, "")
second = next_selector(statement, values)
@depends = lambda do |element, first|
matches = []
while element = next_element(element)
if subset = second.match(element, first)
if first && !subset.empty?
matches << subset.first
break
else
matches.concat subset
end
end
end
matches.empty? ? nil : matches
end
@source << " ~ " << second.to_s
# Child selector: create a dependency into second selector that will
# match a child element of this one.
elsif statement.sub!(/^\s*>\s*/, "")
second = next_selector(statement, values)
@depends = lambda do |element, first|
matches = []
element.children.each do |child|
if child.tag? && subset = second.match(child, first)
if first && !subset.empty?
matches << subset.first
break
else
matches.concat subset
end
end
end
matches.empty? ? nil : matches
end
@source << " > " << second.to_s
# Descendant selector: create a dependency into second selector that
# will match all descendant elements of this one. Note,
elsif statement =~ /^\s+\S+/ && statement != selector
second = next_selector(statement, values)
@depends = lambda do |element, first|
matches = []
stack = element.children.reverse
while node = stack.pop
next unless node.tag?
if subset = second.match(node, first)
if first && !subset.empty?
matches << subset.first
break
else
matches.concat subset
end
elsif children = node.children
stack.concat children.reverse
end
end
matches.empty? ? nil : matches
end
@source << " " << second.to_s
else
# The last selector is where we check that we parsed
# all the parts.
unless statement.empty? || statement.strip.empty?
raise ArgumentError, "Invalid selector: #{statement}"
end
end
end
# :call-seq:
# match(element, first?) => array or nil
#
# Matches an element against the selector.
#
# For a simple selector this method returns an array with the
# element if the element matches, nil otherwise.
#
# For a complex selector (sibling and descendant) this method
# returns an array with all matching elements, nil if no match is
# found.
#
# Use +first_only=true+ if you are only interested in the first element.
#
# For example:
# if selector.match(element)
# puts "Element is a login form"
# end
def match(element, first_only = false)
# Match element if no element name or element name same as element name
if matched = (!@tag_name || @tag_name == element.name)
# No match if one of the attribute matches failed
for attr in @attributes
if element.attributes[attr[0]] !~ attr[1]
matched = false
break
end
end
end
# Pseudo class matches (nth-child, empty, etc).
if matched
for pseudo in @pseudo
unless pseudo.call(element)
matched = false
break
end
end
end
# Negation. Same rules as above, but we fail if a match is made.
if matched && @negation
for negation in @negation
if negation[:tag_name] == element.name
matched = false
else
for attr in negation[:attributes]
if element.attributes[attr[0]] =~ attr[1]
matched = false
break
end
end
end
if matched
for pseudo in negation[:pseudo]
if pseudo.call(element)
matched = false
break
end
end
end
break unless matched
end
end
# If element matched but depends on another element (child,
# sibling, etc), apply the dependent matches instead.
if matched && @depends
matches = @depends.call(element, first_only)
else
matches = matched ? [element] : nil
end
# If this selector is part of the group, try all the alternative
# selectors (unless first_only).
if !first_only || !matches
@alternates.each do |alternate|
break if matches && first_only
if subset = alternate.match(element, first_only)
if matches
matches.concat subset
else
matches = subset
end
end
end
end
matches
end
# :call-seq:
# select(root) => array
#
# Selects and returns an array with all matching elements, beginning
# with one node and traversing through all children depth-first.
# Returns an empty array if no match is found.
#
# The root node may be any element in the document, or the document
# itself.
#
# For example:
# selector = HTML::Selector.new "input[type=text]"
# matches = selector.select(element)
# matches.each do |match|
# puts "Found text field with name #{match.attributes['name']}"
# end
def select(root)
matches = []
stack = [root]
while node = stack.pop
if node.tag? && subset = match(node, false)
subset.each do |match|
matches << match unless matches.any? { |item| item.equal?(match) }
end
elsif children = node.children
stack.concat children.reverse
end
end
matches
end
# Similar to #select but returns the first matching element. Returns +nil+
# if no element matches the selector.
def select_first(root)
stack = [root]
while node = stack.pop
if node.tag? && subset = match(node, true)
return subset.first if !subset.empty?
elsif children = node.children
stack.concat children.reverse
end
end
nil
end
def to_s #:nodoc:
@source
end
# Return the next element after this one. Skips sibling text nodes.
#
# With the +name+ argument, returns the next element with that name,
# skipping other sibling elements.
def next_element(element, name = nil)
if siblings = element.parent.children
found = false
siblings.each do |node|
if node.equal?(element)
found = true
elsif found && node.tag?
return node if (name.nil? || node.name == name)
end
end
end
nil
end
protected
# Creates a simple selector given the statement and array of
# substitution values.
#
# Returns a hash with the values +tag_name+, +attributes+,
# +pseudo+ (classes) and +negation+.
#
# Called the first time with +can_negate+ true to allow
# negation. Called a second time with false since negation
# cannot be negated.
def simple_selector(statement, values, can_negate = true)
tag_name = nil
attributes = []
pseudo = []
negation = []
# Element name. (Note that in negation, this can come at
# any order, but for simplicity we allow if only first).
statement.sub!(/^(\*|[[:alpha:]][\w\-]*)/) do |match|
match.strip!
tag_name = match.downcase unless match == "*"
@source << match
"" # Remove
end
# Get identifier, class, attribute name, pseudo or negation.
while true
# Element identifier.
next if statement.sub!(/^#(\?|[\w\-]+)/) do |match|
id = $1
if id == "?"
id = values.shift
end
@source << "##{id}"
id = Regexp.new("^#{Regexp.escape(id.to_s)}$") unless id.is_a?(Regexp)
attributes << ["id", id]
"" # Remove
end
# Class name.
next if statement.sub!(/^\.([\w\-]+)/) do |match|
class_name = $1
@source << ".#{class_name}"
class_name = Regexp.new("(^|\s)#{Regexp.escape(class_name)}($|\s)") unless class_name.is_a?(Regexp)
attributes << ["class", class_name]
"" # Remove
end
# Attribute value.
next if statement.sub!(/^\[\s*([[:alpha:]][\w\-]*)\s*((?:[~|^$*])?=)?\s*('[^']*'|"[^*]"|[^\]]*)\s*\]/) do |match|
name, equality, value = $1, $2, $3
if value == "?"
value = values.shift
else
# Handle single and double quotes.
value.strip!
if (value[0] == ?" || value[0] == ?') && value[0] == value[-1]
value = value[1..-2]
end
end
@source << "[#{name}#{equality}'#{value}']"
attributes << [name.downcase.strip, attribute_match(equality, value)]
"" # Remove
end
# Root element only.
next if statement.sub!(/^:root/) do |match|
pseudo << lambda do |element|
element.parent.nil? || !element.parent.tag?
end
@source << ":root"
"" # Remove
end
# Nth-child including last and of-type.
next if statement.sub!(/^:nth-(last-)?(child|of-type)\((odd|even|(\d+|\?)|(-?\d*|\?)?n([+\-]\d+|\?)?)\)/) do |match|
reverse = $1 == "last-"
of_type = $2 == "of-type"
@source << ":nth-#{$1}#{$2}("
case $3
when "odd"
pseudo << nth_child(2, 1, of_type, reverse)
@source << "odd)"
when "even"
pseudo << nth_child(2, 2, of_type, reverse)
@source << "even)"
when /^(\d+|\?)$/ # b only
b = ($1 == "?" ? values.shift : $1).to_i
pseudo << nth_child(0, b, of_type, reverse)
@source << "#{b})"
when /^(-?\d*|\?)?n([+\-]\d+|\?)?$/
a = ($1 == "?" ? values.shift :
$1 == "" ? 1 : $1 == "-" ? -1 : $1).to_i
b = ($2 == "?" ? values.shift : $2).to_i
pseudo << nth_child(a, b, of_type, reverse)
@source << (b >= 0 ? "#{a}n+#{b})" : "#{a}n#{b})")
else
raise ArgumentError, "Invalid nth-child #{match}"
end
"" # Remove
end
# First/last child (of type).
next if statement.sub!(/^:(first|last)-(child|of-type)/) do |match|
reverse = $1 == "last"
of_type = $2 == "of-type"
pseudo << nth_child(0, 1, of_type, reverse)
@source << ":#{$1}-#{$2}"
"" # Remove
end
# Only child (of type).
next if statement.sub!(/^:only-(child|of-type)/) do |match|
of_type = $1 == "of-type"
pseudo << only_child(of_type)
@source << ":only-#{$1}"
"" # Remove
end
# Empty: no child elements or meaningful content (whitespaces
# are ignored).
next if statement.sub!(/^:empty/) do |match|
pseudo << lambda do |element|
empty = true
for child in element.children
if child.tag? || !child.content.strip.empty?
empty = false
break
end
end
empty
end
@source << ":empty"
"" # Remove
end
# Content: match the text content of the element, stripping
# leading and trailing spaces.
next if statement.sub!(/^:content\(\s*(\?|'[^']*'|"[^"]*"|[^)]*)\s*\)/) do |match|
content = $1
if content == "?"
content = values.shift
elsif (content[0] == ?" || content[0] == ?') && content[0] == content[-1]
content = content[1..-2]
end
@source << ":content('#{content}')"
content = Regexp.new("^#{Regexp.escape(content.to_s)}$") unless content.is_a?(Regexp)
pseudo << lambda do |element|
text = ""
for child in element.children
unless child.tag?
text << child.content
end
end
text.strip =~ content
end
"" # Remove
end
# Negation. Create another simple selector to handle it.
if statement.sub!(/^:not\(\s*/, "")
raise ArgumentError, "Double negatives are not missing feature" unless can_negate
@source << ":not("
negation << simple_selector(statement, values, false)
raise ArgumentError, "Negation not closed" unless statement.sub!(/^\s*\)/, "")
@source << ")"
next
end
# No match: moving on.
break
end
# Return hash. The keys are mapped to instance variables.
{:tag_name=>tag_name, :attributes=>attributes, :pseudo=>pseudo, :negation=>negation}
end
# Create a regular expression to match an attribute value based
# on the equality operator (=, ^=, |=, etc).
def attribute_match(equality, value)
regexp = value.is_a?(Regexp) ? value : Regexp.escape(value.to_s)
case equality
when "=" then
# Match the attribute value in full
Regexp.new("^#{regexp}$")
when "~=" then
# Match a space-separated word within the attribute value
Regexp.new("(^|\s)#{regexp}($|\s)")
when "^="
# Match the beginning of the attribute value
Regexp.new("^#{regexp}")
when "$="
# Match the end of the attribute value
Regexp.new("#{regexp}$")
when "*="
# Match substring of the attribute value
regexp.is_a?(Regexp) ? regexp : Regexp.new(regexp)
when "|=" then
# Match the first space-separated item of the attribute value
Regexp.new("^#{regexp}($|\s)")
else
raise InvalidSelectorError, "Invalid operation/value" unless value.empty?
# Match all attributes values (existence check)
//
end
end
# Returns a lambda that can match an element against the nth-child
# pseudo class, given the following arguments:
# * +a+ -- Value of a part.
# * +b+ -- Value of b part.
# * +of_type+ -- True to test only elements of this type (of-type).
# * +reverse+ -- True to count in reverse order (last-).
def nth_child(a, b, of_type, reverse)
# a = 0 means select at index b, if b = 0 nothing selected
return lambda { |element| false } if a == 0 && b == 0
# a < 0 and b < 0 will never match against an index
return lambda { |element| false } if a < 0 && b < 0
b = a + b + 1 if b < 0 # b < 0 just picks last element from each group
b -= 1 unless b == 0 # b == 0 is same as b == 1, otherwise zero based
lambda do |element|
# Element must be inside parent element.
return false unless element.parent && element.parent.tag?
index = 0
# Get siblings, reverse if counting from last.
siblings = element.parent.children
siblings = siblings.reverse if reverse
# Match element name if of-type, otherwise ignore name.
name = of_type ? element.name : nil
found = false
for child in siblings
# Skip text nodes/comments.
if child.tag? && (name == nil || child.name == name)
if a == 0
# Shortcut when a == 0 no need to go past count
if index == b
found = child.equal?(element)
break
end
elsif a < 0
# Only look for first b elements
break if index > b
if child.equal?(element)
found = (index % a) == 0
break
end
else
# Otherwise, break if child found and count == an+b
if child.equal?(element)
found = (index % a) == b
break
end
end
index += 1
end
end
found
end
end
# Creates a only child lambda. Pass +of-type+ to only look at
# elements of its type.
def only_child(of_type)
lambda do |element|
# Element must be inside parent element.
return false unless element.parent && element.parent.tag?
name = of_type ? element.name : nil
other = false
for child in element.parent.children
# Skip text nodes/comments.
if child.tag? && (name == nil || child.name == name)
unless child.equal?(element)
other = true
break
end
end
end
!other
end
end
# Called to create a dependent selector (sibling, descendant, etc).
# Passes the remainder of the statement that will be reduced to zero
# eventually, and array of substitution values.
#
# This method is called from four places, so it helps to put it here
# for reuse. The only logic deals with the need to detect comma
# separators (alternate) and apply them to the selector group of the
# top selector.
def next_selector(statement, values)
second = Selector.new(statement, values)
# If there are alternate selectors, we group them in the top selector.
if alternates = second.instance_variable_get(:@alternates)
second.instance_variable_set(:@alternates, [])
@alternates.concat alternates
end
second
end
end
# See HTML::Selector.new
def self.selector(statement, *values)
Selector.new(statement, *values)
end
class Tag
def select(selector, *values)
selector = HTML::Selector.new(selector, values)
selector.select(self)
end
end
end

View file

@ -0,0 +1,105 @@
require 'strscan'
module HTML #:nodoc:
# A simple HTML tokenizer. It simply breaks a stream of text into tokens, where each
# token is a string. Each string represents either "text", or an HTML element.
#
# This currently assumes valid XHTML, which means no free < or > characters.
#
# Usage:
#
# tokenizer = HTML::Tokenizer.new(text)
# while token = tokenizer.next
# p token
# end
class Tokenizer #:nodoc:
# The current (byte) position in the text
attr_reader :position
# The current line number
attr_reader :line
# Create a new Tokenizer for the given text.
def initialize(text)
@scanner = StringScanner.new(text)
@position = 0
@line = 0
@current_line = 1
end
# Return the next token in the sequence, or +nil+ if there are no more tokens in
# the stream.
def next
return nil if @scanner.eos?
@position = @scanner.pos
@line = @current_line
if @scanner.check(/<\S/)
update_current_line(scan_tag)
else
update_current_line(scan_text)
end
end
private
# Treat the text at the current position as a tag, and scan it. Supports
# comments, doctype tags, and regular tags, and ignores less-than and
# greater-than characters within quoted strings.
def scan_tag
tag = @scanner.getch
if @scanner.scan(/!--/) # comment
tag << @scanner.matched
tag << (@scanner.scan_until(/--\s*>/) || @scanner.scan_until(/\Z/))
elsif @scanner.scan(/!\[CDATA\[/)
tag << @scanner.matched
tag << @scanner.scan_until(/\]\]>/)
elsif @scanner.scan(/!/) # doctype
tag << @scanner.matched
tag << consume_quoted_regions
else
tag << consume_quoted_regions
end
tag
end
# Scan all text up to the next < character and return it.
def scan_text
"#{@scanner.getch}#{@scanner.scan(/[^<]*/)}"
end
# Counts the number of newlines in the text and updates the current line
# accordingly.
def update_current_line(text)
text.scan(/\r?\n/) { @current_line += 1 }
end
# Skips over quoted strings, so that less-than and greater-than characters
# within the strings are ignored.
def consume_quoted_regions
text = ""
loop do
match = @scanner.scan_until(/['"<>]/) or break
delim = @scanner.matched
if delim == "<"
match = match.chop
@scanner.pos -= 1
end
text << match
break if delim == "<" || delim == ">"
# consume the quoted region
while match = @scanner.scan_until(/[\\#{delim}]/)
text << match
break if @scanner.matched == delim
text << @scanner.getch # skip the escaped character
end
end
text
end
end
end

View file

@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
module HTML #:nodoc:
module Version #:nodoc:
MAJOR = 0
MINOR = 5
TINY = 3
STRING = [ MAJOR, MINOR, TINY ].join(".")
end
end

View file

@ -0,0 +1,114 @@
module ActionController #:nodoc:
module Verification #:nodoc:
def self.included(base) #:nodoc:
base.extend(ClassMethods)
end
# This module provides a class-level method for specifying that certain
# actions are guarded against being called without certain prerequisites
# being met. This is essentially a special kind of before_filter.
#
# An action may be guarded against being invoked without certain request
# parameters being set, or without certain session values existing.
#
# When a verification is violated, values may be inserted into the flash, and
# a specified redirection is triggered. If no specific action is configured,
# verification failures will by default result in a 400 Bad Request response.
#
# Usage:
#
# class GlobalController < ActionController::Base
# # Prevent the #update_settings action from being invoked unless
# # the 'admin_privileges' request parameter exists. The
# # settings action will be redirected to in current controller
# # if verification fails.
# verify :params => "admin_privileges", :only => :update_post,
# :redirect_to => { :action => "settings" }
#
# # Disallow a post from being updated if there was no information
# # submitted with the post, and if there is no active post in the
# # session, and if there is no "note" key in the flash. The route
# # named category_url will be redirected to if verification fails.
#
# verify :params => "post", :session => "post", "flash" => "note",
# :only => :update_post,
# :add_flash => { "alert" => "Failed to create your message" },
# :redirect_to => :category_url
#
# Note that these prerequisites are not business rules. They do not examine
# the content of the session or the parameters. That level of validation should
# be encapsulated by your domain model or helper methods in the controller.
module ClassMethods
# Verify the given actions so that if certain prerequisites are not met,
# the user is redirected to a different action. The +options+ parameter
# is a hash consisting of the following key/value pairs:
#
# * <tt>:params</tt> - a single key or an array of keys that must
# be in the <tt>params</tt> hash in order for the action(s) to be safely
# called.
# * <tt>:session</tt> - a single key or an array of keys that must
# be in the <tt>session</tt> in order for the action(s) to be safely called.
# * <tt>:flash</tt> - a single key or an array of keys that must
# be in the flash in order for the action(s) to be safely called.
# * <tt>:method</tt> - a single key or an array of keys--any one of which
# must match the current request method in order for the action(s) to
# be safely called. (The key should be a symbol: <tt>:get</tt> or
# <tt>:post</tt>, for example.)
# * <tt>:xhr</tt> - true/false option to ensure that the request is coming
# from an Ajax call or not.
# * <tt>:add_flash</tt> - a hash of name/value pairs that should be merged
# into the session's flash if the prerequisites cannot be satisfied.
# * <tt>:add_headers</tt> - a hash of name/value pairs that should be
# merged into the response's headers hash if the prerequisites cannot
# be satisfied.
# * <tt>:redirect_to</tt> - the redirection parameters to be used when
# redirecting if the prerequisites cannot be satisfied. You can
# redirect either to named route or to the action in some controller.
# * <tt>:render</tt> - the render parameters to be used when
# the prerequisites cannot be satisfied.
# * <tt>:only</tt> - only apply this verification to the actions specified
# in the associated array (may also be a single value).
# * <tt>:except</tt> - do not apply this verification to the actions
# specified in the associated array (may also be a single value).
def verify(options={})
filter_opts = { :only => options[:only], :except => options[:except] }
before_filter(filter_opts) do |c|
c.send! :verify_action, options
end
end
end
def verify_action(options) #:nodoc:
prereqs_invalid =
[*options[:params] ].find { |v| params[v].nil? } ||
[*options[:session]].find { |v| session[v].nil? } ||
[*options[:flash] ].find { |v| flash[v].nil? }
if !prereqs_invalid && options[:method]
prereqs_invalid ||=
[*options[:method]].all? { |v| request.method != v.to_sym }
end
prereqs_invalid ||= (request.xhr? != options[:xhr]) unless options[:xhr].nil?
if prereqs_invalid
flash.update(options[:add_flash]) if options[:add_flash]
response.headers.update(options[:add_headers]) if options[:add_headers]
unless performed?
case
when options[:render]
render(options[:render])
when options[:redirect_to]
options[:redirect_to] = self.send!(options[:redirect_to]) if options[:redirect_to].is_a?(Symbol)
redirect_to(options[:redirect_to])
else
head(:bad_request)
end
end
end
end
private :verify_action
end
end